pg_logical_replication_slot_advance() included a break condition to stop
when a targeted LSN is reached, when processing a series of WAL records
with XLogReadRecord(). Since 38a957316d, it matched with the check of
its main while loop. This condition saved from an extra CFI check,
actually pointless, so let's remove this condition and simplify the
code.
In passing, fix an incorrect comment.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Gurjeet Singh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWfGDLQ2cy7ZKwxnJqbDkO6Yvqqrqxne5ZN4HYm=PRTGg@mail.gmail.com
When min_dynamic_shared_memory is set above 0, we try to find space in a
pre-allocated region of the main shared memory area instead of calling
dsm_impl_XXX() routines to allocate more. The dsm_pin_segment() and
dsm_unpin_segment() routines had a bug: they called dsm_impl_XXX()
routines even for main region segments. Nobody noticed before now
because those routines do nothing on Unix, but on Windows they'd fail
while attempting to duplicate an invalid Windows HANDLE. Add the
missing gating.
Back-patch to 14, where commit 84b1c63a added this feature. Fixes
pgsql-bugs bug #18165.
Reported-by: Maxime Boyer <maxime.boyer@cra-arc.gc.ca>
Tested-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18165-bf4f525cea6e51de%40postgresql.org
Previously, ALTER SYSTEM failed if the target GUC wasn't present in
the session's GUC hashtable. That is a reasonable behavior for core
(single-part) GUC names, and for custom GUCs for which we have loaded
an extension that's reserved the prefix. But it's unnecessarily
restrictive otherwise, and it also causes inconsistent behavior:
you can "ALTER SYSTEM SET foo.bar" only if you did "SET foo.bar"
earlier in the session. That's fairly silly.
Hence, refactor things so that we can execute ALTER SYSTEM even
if the variable doesn't have a GUC hashtable entry, as long as the
name meets the custom-variable naming requirements and does not
have a reserved prefix. (It's safe to do this even if the
variable belongs to an extension we currently don't have loaded.
A bad value will at worst cause a WARNING when the extension
does get loaded.)
Also, adjust GRANT ON PARAMETER to have the same opinions about
whether to allow an unrecognized GUC name, and to throw the
same errors if not (it previously used a one-size-fits-all
message for several distinguishable conditions). By default,
only a superuser will be allowed to do ALTER SYSTEM SET on an
unrecognized name, but it's possible to GRANT the ability to
do it.
Patch by me, pursuant to a documentation complaint from
Gavin Panella. Arguably this is a bug fix, but given the
lack of other complaints I'll refrain from back-patching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2617358.1697501956@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/169746329791.169914.16613647309012285391@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Allow the COMMUTATOR, NEGATOR, MERGES, and HASHES attributes to be set
by ALTER OPERATOR. However, we don't allow COMMUTATOR/NEGATOR to be
changed once set, nor allow the MERGES/HASHES flags to be unset once
set. Changes like that might invalidate plans already made, and
dealing with the consequences seems like more trouble than it's worth.
The main use-case we foresee for this is to allow addition of missed
properties in extension update scripts, such as extending an existing
operator to support hashing. So only transitions from not-set to set
states seem very useful.
This patch also causes us to reject some incorrect cases that formerly
resulted in inconsistent catalog state, such as trying to set the
commutator of an operator to be some other operator that already has a
(different) commutator.
While at it, move the InvokeObjectPostCreateHook call for CREATE
OPERATOR to not occur until after we've fixed up commutator or negator
links as needed. The previous ordering could only be justified by
thinking of the OperatorUpd call as a kind of ALTER OPERATOR step;
but we don't call InvokeObjectPostAlterHook therein. It seems better
to let the hook see the final state of the operator object.
In the documentation, move the discussion of how to establish
commutator pairs from xoper.sgml to the CREATE OPERATOR ref page.
Tommy Pavlicek, reviewed and editorialized a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEhP-W-vGVzf4udhR5M8Bdv88UYnPrhoSkj3ieR3QNrsGQoqdg@mail.gmail.com
This allows tools that read the WAL sequentially to identify (possible)
redo points when they're reached, rather than only being able to
detect them in retrospect when XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE is found, possibly
much later in the WAL stream. There are other possible applications as
well; see the discussion links below.
Any redo location that precedes the checkpoint location should now point
to an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record, so add a cross-check to verify this.
While adjusting the code in CreateCheckPoint() for this patch, I made it
call WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive a bit later than before, since there
appears to be no need for it to be held while checking whether the system
is idle, whether this is an end-of-recovery checkpoint, or what the current
timeline is.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.
Patch by me, based in part on earlier work from Dilip Kumar. Review by
Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYy-Vc6G9QKcAKNksCa29cv__czr+N9X_QCxEfQVpp_8w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230614194717.jyuw3okxup4cvtbt%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+b2ego8=YNW2Ohe9QmSiReh1-ogrv8V_WZpJTqP3O+2w@mail.gmail.com
There was no I/O timing statistics for counting read and write timings
on local blocks, contrary to the counterparts for temp and shared
blocks. This information is available when track_io_timing is enabled.
The output of EXPLAIN is updated to show this information. An update of
pg_stat_statements is planned next.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
These two counters, defined in BufferUsage to track respectively the
time spent while reading and writing blocks have historically only
tracked data related to shared buffers, when track_io_timing is enabled.
An upcoming patch to add specific counters for local buffers will take
advantage of this rename as it has come up that no data is currently
tracked for local buffers, and tracking local and shared buffers using
the same fields would be inconsistent with the treatment done for temp
buffers. Renaming the existing fields clarifies what the block type of
each stats field is.
pg_stat_statement is updated to reflect the rename. No extension
version bump is required as 5a3423ad8e has done one, affecting v17~.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
Remove use of LLVMGetElementType() and provide the type of all pointers
to LLVMBuildXXX() functions when emitting IR, as required by modern LLVM
versions[1].
* For LLVM <= 14, we'll still use the old LLVMBuildXXX() functions.
* For LLVM == 15, we'll continue to do the same, explicitly opting
out of opaque pointer mode.
* For LLVM >= 16, we'll use the new LLVMBuildXXX2() functions that take
the extra type argument.
The difference is hidden behind some new IR emitting wrapper functions
l_load(), l_gep(), l_call() etc. The change is mostly mechanical,
except that at each site the correct type had to be provided.
In some places we needed to do some extra work to get functions types,
including some new wrappers for C++ APIs that are not yet exposed by in
LLVM's C API, and some new "example" functions in llvmjit_types.c
because it's no longer possible to start from the function pointer type
and ask for the function type.
Back-patch to 12, because it's a little tricker in 11 and we agreed not
to put the latest LLVM support into the upcoming final release of 11.
[1] https://llvm.org/docs/OpaquePointers.html
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKNX_%3Df%2B1C4r06WETKTq0G4Z_7q4L4Fxn5WWpMycDj9Fw%40mail.gmail.com
Relation files extended by multiple blocks at a time have been counting
the number of blocks written, but forgot to increment the write time in
this case, as single-block write and relation extension are treated as
two different I/O operations in the shared stats: IOOP_EXTEND vs
IOOP_WRITE. In this case IOOP_EXTEND was forgotten for normal
(non-temporary) relations, still the number of blocks written was
incremented according to the relation extend done.
Write times are tracked when track_io_timing is enabled, which is not
the case by default.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Since its introduction, LogLogicalMessage() (via the SQL interface
pg_logical_emit_message()) has never included a call to XLogFlush(),
causing it to potentially lose messages on a crash when used in
non-transactional mode. This has come up to me as a problem while
playing with ideas to design a test suite for what has become
039_end_of_wal.pl introduced in bae868caf2 by Thomas Munro, because
there are no direct ways to force a WAL flush via SQL.
The default is false, to not flush messages and influence existing
use-cases where this function could be used. If set to true, the
message emitted is flushed before returning back to the caller, making
the message durable on crash. This new option has no effect when using
pg_logical_emit_message() in transactional mode, as the record's flush
is guaranteed by the WAL record generated by the transaction committed.
Two queries of test_decoding are tweaked to cover the new code path for
the flush.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Tung Nguyen, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZNsdThSe2qgsfs7R@paquier.xyz
Use a modulo operator instead of implementing the same behavior
with a loop. The loop solution is doubtless microscopically
faster for the typical case of only wrapping into the very next
day, but maybe not so much for large interval values. In any
case, timetz is such a backwater that it's doubtful anybody
would notice any performance change anyway.
This avoids a compiler bug occurring in AIX's xlc, even in pretty
late-model revisions.
We did not have test coverage for the case where the initial
result->time value is negative, so add that.
For the moment, install this only in HEAD. My plan is to
back-patch the test case, and then the code change assuming that
buildfarm testing proves the bug occurs in the back branches.
(That seems pretty likely, but let's find out for sure.)
Per buildfarm results from commits 97957fdba and 2f0472030.
Thanks to Michael Paquier for the idea to use a modulo operation
to replace the faulty loop.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK=DOC+hE-62FKfZy=Ybt5uLkrg3zCZD-jFykM-iPn8yw@mail.gmail.com
The SIGTERM handler for the startup process immediately calls
proc_exit() for the duration of the restore_command, i.e., a call
to system(). This system() call forks a new process to execute the
shell command, and this child process inherits the parent's signal
handlers. If both the parent and child processes receive SIGTERM,
both will attempt to call proc_exit(). This can end badly. For
example, both processes will try to remove themselves from the
PGPROC shared array.
To fix this problem, this commit adds a check in
StartupProcShutdownHandler() to see whether MyProcPid == getpid().
If they match, this is the parent process, and we can proc_exit()
like before. If they do not match, this is a child process, and we
just emit a message to STDERR (in a signal safe manner) and
_exit(), thereby skipping any problematic exit callbacks.
This commit also adds checks in proc_exit(), ProcKill(), and
AuxiliaryProcKill() that verify they are not being called within
such child processes.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9nGDSgIm83FHcad%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230223231503.GA743455%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 11
First, we shouldn't recommend switching to single-user mode, because
that's terrible advice. Especially on newer versions where VACUUM
will enter emergency mode when nearing (M)XID exhaustion, it's
perfectly fine to just VACUUM in multi-user mode. Doing it that way
is less disruptive and avoids disabling the safeguards that prevent
actual wraparound, so recommend that instead.
Second, be more precise about what is going to happen (when we're
nearing the limits) or what is happening (when we actually hit them).
The database doesn't shut down, nor does it refuse all commands. It
refuses commands that assign whichever of XIDs and MXIDs are nearly
exhausted.
No back-patch. The existing hint that advises going to single-user
mode is sufficiently awful advice that removing it or changing it
might be justifiable even though we normally avoid changing
user-facing messages in back-branches, but I (rhaas) felt that it
was better to be more conservative and limit this fix to master
only. Aside from the usual risk of breaking translations, people
might be used to the existing message, or even have monitoring
scripts that look for it.
Alexander Alekseev, John Naylor, Robert Haas, reviewed at various
times by Peter Geoghegan, Hannu Krosing, and Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZBg95FiR9wVQPAXpGPRkacSt2okVge+PKPPFppN7sfnQ@mail.gmail.com
The word "assign" is used in various places internally to describe what
GetNewMultiXactId does, but the user-facing messages have previously
said "generate". For consistency, standardize on "assign," which seems
(at least to me) to be slightly clearer.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaoE1_i3=4-7GCTtKLVZVQ2Gh6qESW2VG1OprtycxOHMA@mail.gmail.com
It is possible that the tail XID of pg_serial/ gets ahead of its head
XID, which would cause the truncation of pg_serial/ done during
checkpoints to show up as a "wraparound" LOG in SimpleLruTruncate(),
which is confusing. This also wastes a bit of disk space until the head
page is reclaimed again.
CheckPointPredicate() is changed so as the cutoff page for the
truncation is switched to the head page if the tail XID has advanced
beyond the head XID, rather than the tail page. This prevents the
confusing LOG message about a wraparound while allowing some truncation
to be done to cut in disk space.
This could be considered as a bug fix, but the original behavior is
harmless as well, resulting only in disk space temporarily wasted, so
no backpatch is done.
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/755E19CA-D02C-4A4C-80D3-74F775410C48@amazon.com
Restart the apply worker if the subscription owner's superuser privileges
have been revoked. This is required so that the subscription connection
string gets revalidated and use the password option to connect to the
publisher for non-superusers, if required.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Dxmhq08nr4P6G+24QvdBo_GAVyZ_Q1TcGYK+8NHs9xw@mail.gmail.com
Dropping a temp table could entail TOAST table access to clean out
toasted catalog entries, such as large pg_constraint.conbin strings
for complex CHECK constraints. If we did that via ON COMMIT DROP,
we triggered the assertion in init_toast_snapshot(), because
there was no provision for setting up a snapshot for the drop
actions. Fix that.
(I assume here that the adjacent truncation actions for ON COMMIT
DELETE ROWS don't have a similar problem: it doesn't seem like
nontransactional truncations would need to touch any toasted fields.
If that proves wrong, we could refactor a bit to have the same
snapshot acquisition cover that too.)
The test case added here does not fail before v15, because that
assertion was added in 277692220 which was not back-patched.
However, the race condition the assertion warns of surely
exists further back, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-x26=_QxxgdJyNbiCDzvtr2WV5ZDso_v-CukKEe6cBZw@mail.gmail.com
If SIGTERM is received within this section, the startup process
will immediately proc_exit() in the signal handler, so it is
inadvisable to include any more code than is required there (as
such code is unlikely to be compatible with doing proc_exit() in a
signal handler). This commit moves the code recently added to this
section (see 1b06d7bac9 and 7fed801135) to outside of the section.
This ensures that the startup process only calls proc_exit() in its
SIGTERM handler for the duration of the system() call, which is how
this code worked from v8.4 to v14.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro
Analyzed-by: Andres Freund
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9nGDSgIm83FHcad%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230223231503.GA743455%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 15
This commit introduces trigger on login event, allowing to fire some actions
right on the user connection. This can be useful for logging or connection
check purposes as well as for some personalization of environment. Usage
details are described in the documentation included, but shortly usage is
the same as for other triggers: create function returning event_trigger and
then create event trigger on login event.
In order to prevent the connection time overhead when there are no triggers
the commit introduces pg_database.dathasloginevt flag, which indicates database
has active login triggers. This flag is set by CREATE/ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
command, and unset at connection time when no active triggers found.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik, Mikhail Gribkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709%40postgrespro.ru
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Greg Nancarrow, Ivan Panchenko
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andrey Sokolov, Zhihong Yu, Sergey Shinderuk
Reviewed-by: Gregory Stark, Nikita Malakhov, Ted Yu
Commit dc7d70ea added functions that read the control file, but didn't
acquire ControlFileLock. With unlucky timing, file systems that have
weak interlocking like ext4 and ntfs could expose partially overwritten
contents, and the checksum would fail.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Anton A. Melnikov <aamelnikov@inbox.ru>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221123014224.xisi44byq3cf5psi%40awork3.anarazel.de
For the same reasons given in commit 403ac226d, adjust these
functions to not assume that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch.
This follows the same internal API choices made in the earlier commit:
add a function XXXExt(oid, is_missing) and use that to eliminate
the need for a separate existence check. The changes are very
straightforward, though tedious. For the moment I just made the new
functions static in namespace.c, but we could export them if a need
emerges.
Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin. Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
The versions of these functions that accept object OIDs are supposed
to return NULL, rather than failing, if the target object has been
dropped. This makes it safe(r) to use them in queries that scan
catalogs, since the functions will be applied to objects that are
visible in the query's snapshot but might now be gone according to
the catalog snapshot. In most cases we implemented this by doing
a SearchSysCacheExists test and assuming that if that succeeds, we
can safely invoke the appropriate aclchk.c function, which will
immediately re-fetch the same syscache entry. It was argued that
if the existence test succeeds then the followup fetch must succeed
as well, for lack of any intervening AcceptInvalidationMessages call.
Alexander Lakhin demonstrated that this is not so when
CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is enabled: the syscache entry will be forcibly
dropped at the end of SearchSysCacheExists, and then it is possible
for the catalog snapshot to get advanced while re-fetching the entry.
Alexander's test case requires the operation to happen inside a
parallel worker, but that seems incidental to the fundamental problem.
What remains obscure is whether there is a way for this to happen in a
non-debug build. Nonetheless, CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is a very useful
test methodology, so we'd better make the code safe for it.
After some discussion we concluded that the most future-proof fix
is to give up the assumption that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch. At best that assumption leads
to fragile code --- for example, has_type_privilege appears broken
for array types even if you believe the assumption holds. And it's
not even particularly efficient.
There had already been some work towards extending the aclchk.c
APIs to include "is_missing" output flags, so this patch extends
that work to cover all the aclchk.c functions that are used by the
has_xxx_privilege() functions. (This allows getting rid of some
ad-hoc decisions about not throwing errors in certain places in
aclchk.c.)
In passing, this fixes the has_sequence_privilege() functions to
provide the same guarantees as their cousins: for some reason the
SearchSysCacheExists tests never got added to those.
There is more work to do to remove the unsafe coding pattern with
SearchSysCacheExists in other places, but this is a pretty
self-contained patch so I'll commit it separately.
Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin. Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD. (Perhaps we should clean up the has_sequence_privilege()
oversight in the back branches, but in the absence of field complaints
I'm not too excited about that either.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
When COPYing into a partitioned table that does now permit the use of
table_multi_insert(), we could error out with
ERROR: could not read block NN in file "base/...": read only 0 of 8192 bytes
because BulkInsertState->next_free was not reset between partitions. This
problem occurred only when not able to use table_multi_insert(), as a
dedicated BulkInsertState for each partition is used in that case.
The bug was introduced in 00d1e02be2, but it was hard to hit at that point,
as commonly bulk relation extension is not used when not using
table_multi_insert(). It became more likely after 82a4edabd2, which expanded
the use of bulk extension.
To fix the bug, reset the bulk relation extension state in BulkInsertState in
ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin(). That was added (in b1ecb9b3fc) to tackle a very
similar issue. Obviously the name is not quite correct, but there might be
external callers, and bulk insert state needs to be reset in precisely in the
situations that ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin() already needed to be called.
Medium term the better fix likely is to disallow reusing BulkInsertState
across relations.
Add a test that, without the fix, reproduces #18130 in most
configurations. The test also catches the problem fixed in b1ecb9b3fc when
run with small shared_buffers.
Reported-by: Ivan Kolombet <enderstd@gmail.com>
Analyzed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Analyzed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Bug: #18130
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18130-7a86a7356a75209d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/257696.1695670946%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 16-
* sync_method is renamed to wal_sync_method.
* sync_method_options[] is renamed to wal_sync_method_options[].
* assign_xlog_sync_method() is renamed to assign_wal_sync_method().
* The names of the available synchronization methods are now
prefixed with "WAL_SYNC_METHOD_" and have been moved into a
WalSyncMethod enum.
* PLATFORM_DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is renamed to
PLATFORM_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD, and DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is
renamed to DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD.
These more descriptive names help distinguish the code for
wal_sync_method from the code for DataDirSyncMethod (e.g., the
recovery_init_sync_method configuration parameter and the
--sync-method option provided by several frontend utilities). This
change also prevents name collisions between the aforementioned
sets of code. Since this only improves the naming of internal
identifiers, there should be no behavior change.
Author: Maxim Orlov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezbL1gwE7_K7sr9uqaCGkWhmvRTcTEnm3%2BX1xsRNwbXULQ%40mail.gmail.com
When converting a timestamp to/from with/without time zone, the SQL
Standard specifies an AT LOCAL variant of AT TIME ZONE which uses the
session's time zone. This includes three system functions able to do
the work in the same way as the existing flavors for AT TIME ZONE,
except that these need to be marked as stable as they depend on the
session's TimeZone GUC.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe, Cary Huang, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8e25dec4-5667-c1a5-6581-167d710c2182@postgresfriends.org
When MyProc->delayChkptFlags is set to temporarily block phase
transitions in a concurrent checkpoint, the checkpointer enters a
sleep-poll loop to wait for the flag to be cleared. We should show that
as a wait event in the pg_stat_activity view.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGL7Whi8iwKbzkbn_1fixH3Yy8aAPz7mfq6Hpj7FeJrKMg%40mail.gmail.com
An upcoming patch wants to introduce an additional special case in
this function. To keep that as cheap as possible, minimize the amount
of branching that we do based on whether this is an XLOG_SWITCH
record.
Additionally, and also in the interest of keeping the overhead of
special-case code paths as low as possible, apply likely() to the
non-XLOG_SWITCH case, since only a very tiny fraction of WAL records
will be XLOG_SWITCH records.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund,
and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYy-Vc6G9QKcAKNksCa29cv__czr+N9X_QCxEfQVpp_8w@mail.gmail.com
This could only affect HASH partitioned tables with at least 2 partition
key columns.
If partition pruning was delayed until execution and the query contained
an IS NULL qual on one of the partitioned keys, and some subsequent
partitioned key was being compared to a non-Const, then this could result
in a crash due to the incorrect keyno being used to calculate the
stateidx for the expression evaluation code.
Here we fix this by properly skipping partitioned keys which have a
nullkey set. Effectively, this must be the same as what's going on
inside perform_pruning_base_step().
Sergei Glukhov also provided a patch, but that's not what's being used
here.
Reported-by: Sergei Glukhov
Reviewed-by: tender wang, Sergei Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d05b26fa-af54-27e1-f693-6c31590802fa@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 11, where runtime partition pruning was added.
get_steps_using_prefix_recurse() incorrectly assumed that it could stop
recursive processing of the 'prefix' list when cur_keyno was one before
the step_lastkeyno. Since hash partition pruning can prune using IS
NULL quals, and these IS NULL quals are not present in the 'prefix'
list, then that logic could cause more levels of recursion than what is
needed and lead to there being no more items in the 'prefix' list to
process. This would manifest itself as a crash in some code that
expected the 'start' ListCell not to be NULL.
Here we adjust the logic so that instead of stopping recursion at 1 key
before the step_lastkeyno, we just look at the llast(prefix) item and
ensure we only recursively process up until just before whichever the last
key is. This effectively allows keys to be missing in the 'prefix' list.
This change does mean that step_lastkeyno is no longer needed, so we
remove that from the static functions. I also spent quite some time
reading this code and testing it to try to convince myself that there
are no other issues. That resulted in the irresistible temptation of
rewriting some comments, many of which were just not true or inconcise.
Reported-by: Sergei Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Sergei Glukhov, tender wang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f09ce72-315e-2a33-589a-8519ada8df61@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 11, where partition pruning was introduced.
This adds a new option called BGWORKER_BYPASS_ROLELOGINCHECK to the
flags available to BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection() and
BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid().
This gives the possibility to bgworkers to bypass the role login check,
making possible the use of a role that has no login rights while not
being a superuser. PostgresInit() gains a new flag called
INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ROLE_LOGIN, taking advantage of the refactoring done in
4800a5dfb4.
Regression tests are added to worker_spi to check the behavior of this
new option with bgworkers.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bcc36259-7850-4882-97ef-d6b905d2fc51@gmail.com
In commit 3fc6e2d7f, I (tgl) argued that we only need to check for
a constant-FALSE restriction clause when there's exactly one
restriction clause, on the grounds that const-folding would have
thrown away anything ANDed with a Const FALSE. That's true just after
const-folding has been applied, but subsequent processing such as
equivalence class expansion could result in cases where a Const FALSE
is ANDed with some other stuff. (Compare for instance joinrels.c's
restriction_is_constant_false.) Hence, tweak this logic to check all
the elements of the baserestrictinfo list, not just one; that's cheap
enough to not be worth worrying about.
There is one existing test case where this visibly improves the plan.
There would not be any savings in runtime, but the planner effort and
executor startup effort will be reduced, and anyway it's odd that
we can detect related cases but not this one.
Richard Guo (independently discovered by David Rowley)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_x3-CnVVrCboS1LkEhB5V+W7sLSCabsRiG+n7+5_kqbg@mail.gmail.com
The check is not about processing the startup packet, so the calling
function seems like a more natural place. I'm also working on a patch
that moves 'canAcceptConnections' out of the Port struct, and this
makes that refactoring more convenient.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
InitPostgres() has been using a set of boolean arguments to control its
behavior, and a patch under discussion was aiming at expanding it with a
third one. In preparation for expanding this area, this commit switches
all the current boolean arguments of this routine to a single bits32
argument instead. Two values are currently supported for the flags:
- INIT_PG_LOAD_SESSION_LIBS to load [session|local]_preload_libraries at
startup.
- INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ALLOW_CONNS to allow connection to a database even if
it has !datallowconn. This is used by bgworkers.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZSTn66_BXRZCeaqS@paquier.xyz
Since we added the PlannerInfo.all_baserels set, it's not really
necessary to grovel over the rangetable to count baserels in the
current query. So let's drop has_multiple_baserels() in favor
of a bms_membership() test. This might be microscopically
faster, but the main point is to remove some unnecessary code.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_8RcSbbfs1ASZLrMuL0c0EQgXWcoLTQD8swBRY_pQQiA@mail.gmail.com
While working on a8a968a82, I failed to consider that
cheapest_startup_path can be NULL when there is no non-parameterized
path in the pathlist. This is well documented in set_cheapest(), I just
failed to notice.
Here we adjust the code to just check if the RelOptInfo has a
cheapest_startup_path set before adding it to the startup_subpaths list.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49w3t03V69XhdCuw+GDwivny4uQUxrkVp6Gejaspt0wMQ@mail.gmail.com
The comment claimed that it is "called from postmaster", but it is
actually called in the child process, pretty early in the process
initialization. I guess you could interpret "called from postmaster"
to mean that, but it seems wrong to me. Rename the function to be
consistent with other functions with similar role.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4f95c1fc-ad3c-7974-3a8c-6faa3931804c@iki.fi
In EXEC_BACKEND or single-user mode, we process
shared_preload_libraries at postmaster startup as usual, but also at
backend startup. When a library calls RegisterBackgroundWorker() when
being loaded into a backend process, we go through the motions to add
the worker to BackgroundWorkerList, even though that is a
postmaster-private data structure. Make it return early when called in
a backend process, without changing BackgroundWorkerList.
You could argue that it was intentional: In non-EXEC_BACKEND mode, the
backend processes inherit BackgroundWorkerList at fork(), so it does
make some sense to initialize it to the same state in EXEC_BACKEND
mode, too. It's clearly a postmaster-private structure, though, and
all the functions that use it are clearly marked as "should only be
called in postmaster".
You could also argue that libraries should not call
RegisterBackgroundWorker() during backend startup. It's too late to
correctly register any static background workers at that stage. But
it's a common pattern in extensions, and it doesn't seem worth the
churn to require all extensions to change it.
Another sloppiness was the exception for "internal" background
workers. We checked that RegisterBackgroundWorker() was called during
shared_preload_libraries processing, or the background worker was an
internal one. That exception was made in commit 665d1fad99 to allow
postmaster to register the logical apply launcher in
ApplyLauncherRegister(). The way the check was written, it would not
complain if you registered an internal background worker in a regular
backend process. But it would complain if postmaster registered a
background worker defined in a shared library, outside
shared_preload_libraries processing. I think the correct rule is that
you can only register static background workers in the postmaster
process, and only before the bgworker shared memory array has been
initialized. Check for that more directly.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4f95c1fc-ad3c-7974-3a8c-6faa3931804c@iki.fi
The serialized representation of an internal aggregate state is a bytea
value. In each deserial function, in order to "receive" the bytea value
we appended it onto a short-lived StringInfoData using
appendBinaryStringInfo. This was a little wasteful as it meant having to
palloc memory, copy a (possibly long) series of bytes then later pfree
that memory. Instead of going to this extra trouble, we can just fake up
a StringInfoData and point the data directly at the bytea's payload. This
should help increase the performance of internal aggregate
deserialization.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr=e-YOigriSHHm324a40HPqcUhSp6pWWgjz5WwegR=cQ@mail.gmail.com
1349d2790 added code to adjust the PlannerInfo.group_pathkeys so that
ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregate functions could obtain pre-sorted inputs
to allow faster execution. That commit forgot to adjust the pathkeys in
create_agg_path(). Some code in there assumed that it was always fine
to make the AggPath's pathkeys the same as its subpath's. That seems to
have been ok up until 1349d2790, but since that commit adds pathkeys for
columns which are within the aggregate function, those columns won't be
available above the aggregate node. This can result in "could not find
pathkey item to sort" during create_plan().
The fix here is to strip off the additional pathkeys added by
adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(). It seems that the pathkeys here
will only ever be group_pathkeys, so all we need to do is check if the
length of the pathkey list is longer than the num_groupby_pathkeys and
get rid of the additional ones only if we see extras.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZQhYYRhUxpW3PSf9%40telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where 1349d2790 was introduced
Going by c4a1933b4, b33ef397a and 05893712c (to name just a few), it seems
that maintaining debug_print_rel() is often forgotten. In the case of
c4a1933b4, it was several years before anyone noticed that a path type
was not handled by debug_print_rel(). (debug_print_rel() is only
compiled when building with OPTIMIZER_DEBUG).
After a quick survey on the pgsql-hackers mailing list, nobody came
forward to admit that they use OPTIMIZER_DEBUG. So to prevent any future
maintenance neglect, let's just remove debug_print_rel() and have
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG make use of pprint() instead (as suggested by Tom Lane).
If anyone wants to come forward to claim they make use of
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG in a way that they need debug_print_rel() then they have
around 10 months remaining in the v17 cycle where we could revert this.
If nobody comes forward in that time, then we can likely safely declare
debug_print_rel() as not worth keeping.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoCdjo8Cu2zEZF4-AxWG-90S+pYXAnoDDa9J3xH-OrczQ@mail.gmail.com
Currently, B-tree code matches every scan key to every item on the page.
Imagine the ordered B-tree scan for the query like this.
SELECT * FROM tbl WHERE col > 'a' AND col < 'b' ORDER BY col;
The (col > 'a') scan key will be always matched once we find the location to
start the scan. The (col < 'b') scan key will match every item on the page
as long as it matches the last item on the page.
This patch implements prechecking of the scan keys required for directional
scan on beginning of page scan. If precheck is successful we can skip this
scan keys check for the items on the page. That could lead to significant
acceleration especially if the comparison operator is expensive.
Idea from patch by Konstantin Knizhnik.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/079c3f8e-3371-abe2-e93c-fc8a0ae3f571%40garret.ru
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Pavel Borisov
BuildDescForRelation() main job is to convert ColumnDef lists to
pg_attribute/tuple descriptor arrays, which is really mostly an
internal subroutine of DefineRelation() and some related functions,
which is more the remit of tablecmds.c and doesn't have much to do
with the basic tuple descriptor interfaces in tupdesc.c. This is also
supported by observing the header includes we can remove in tupdesc.c.
By moving it over, we can also (in the future) make
BuildDescForRelation() use more internals of tablecmds.c that are not
sensible to be exposed in tupdesc.c.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da@eisentraut.org
Keep track of the used size of the array. That avoids looping through
the whole array in a few places. It doesn't matter from a performance
point of view since the array is small anyway, but this feels less
surprising and is a little less code. Now that we have an explicit
NumListenSockets variable that is statically initialized to 0, we
don't need the loop to initialize the array.
Allocate the array in PostmasterContext. The array isn't needed in
child processes, so this allows reusing that memory. We could easily
make the array resizable now, but we haven't heard any complaints
about the current 64 sockets limit.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7bb7ad65-a018-2419-742f-fa5fd877d338@iki.fi
Previously, the JSON code didn't have to worry too much about freeing
JsonLexContext, because it was never too long-lived. With new features
being added for SQL/JSON this is no longer the case. Add a routine
that knows how to free this struct and apply that to a few places, to
prevent this from becoming problematic.
At the same time, we change the API of makeJsonLexContextCstringLen to
make it receive a pointer to JsonLexContext for callers that want it to
be stack-allocated; it can also be passed as NULL to get the original
behavior of a palloc'ed one.
This also causes an ABI break due to the addition of flags to
JsonLexContext, so we can't easily backpatch it. AFAICS that's not much
of a problem; apparently some leaks might exist in JSON usage of
text-search, for example via json_to_tsvector, but I haven't seen any
complaints about that.
Per Coverity complaint about datum_to_jsonb_internal().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230808174110.oq3iymllsv6amkih@alvherre.pgsql
6b94e7a6d did this for ordered append paths to allow fast startup
MergeAppends, however, nothing was done for the Append case.
Here we adjust add_paths_to_append_rel() to have it build an AppendPath
containing the cheapest startup paths from each of the child relations
when the append rel has "consider_startup" set.
Author: Andy Fan, David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAKU4AWrXSkUV=Pt-gRxQT7EbfUeNssprGyNsB=5mJibFZ6S3ww@mail.gmail.com
Ensure we switch to the per-tuple memory context to prevent any memory
leaks of detoasted Datums in MemoizeHash_hash() and MemoizeHash_equal().
Reported-by: Orlov Aleksej
Author: Orlov Aleksej, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/83281eed63c74e4f940317186372abfd%40cft.ru
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added
It is unnecessary to include this field in IndexInfo. It is only used
by DDL code, not during execution. It is really only used to pass
local information around between functions in index.c and indexcmds.c,
for which it is clearer to use local variables, like in similar cases.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f84640e3-00d3-5abd-3f41-e6a19d33c40b@eisentraut.org
In hopes of putting these where any would-be implementer is sure to
find them, make a placeholder grammar production for ALTER DROP VALUE
and put them there. This is really just a docs patch, though.
Vik Fearing, with a bit more wordsmithing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9fffd149-da0f-0c9c-6745-731fb688642a@postgresfriends.org
This further reduces the length and complexity of sendFile(),
hopefully make it easier to understand and modify. In addition
to moving some logic into a new function, I took this opportunity
to make a few slight adjustments to sendFile() itself, including
renaming the 'len' variable to 'bytes_done', since we use it to represent
the number of bytes we've already handled so far, not the total
length of the file.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYt5jXH4U6cu1dm9Oe2FTn1aae6hBNhZzJJjyjbE_zYig@mail.gmail.com
If checksum verification fails for a particular page, we reread the
page and try one more time. The code that does this somewhat complex
and difficult to follow. Move some of the logic into a new function
and rearrange the code a bit to try to make it clearer. This way,
we don't need the block_retry Boolean, a couple of other variables
move from sendFile() into the new function, and some code is now less
deeply indented.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYt5jXH4U6cu1dm9Oe2FTn1aae6hBNhZzJJjyjbE_zYig@mail.gmail.com
The code in charge of copying the contents of PgBackendStatus to local
memory could fail on memory allocation because of an overflow on the
amount of memory to use. The overflow can happen when combining a high
value track_activity_query_size (max at 1MB) with a large
max_connections, when both multiplied get higher than INT32_MAX as both
parameters treated as signed integers. This could for example trigger
with the following functions, all calling pgstat_read_current_status():
- pg_stat_get_backend_subxact()
- pg_stat_get_backend_idset()
- pg_stat_get_progress_info()
- pg_stat_get_activity()
- pg_stat_get_db_numbackends()
The change to use MemoryContextAllocHuge() has been introduced in
8d0ddccec6, so backpatch down to 12.
Author: Jakub Wartak
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKZiRmw8QSNVw2qNK-dznsatQqz+9DkCquxP0GHbbv1jMkGHMA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Make a few newish calls to appendStringInfo() which have no special
formatting use appendStringInfoString() instead. Also, adjust usages of
appendStringInfoString() which only append a string containing a single
character to make use of appendStringInfoChar() instead.
This makes the code marginally faster, but primarily this change is so
we use the StringInfo type as it was intended to be used.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpXKQmL+r=VDNS98upqhr9yGBhv2Jw3GBFFk_wKHcB39A@mail.gmail.com
This commit changes the WAL reader routines so as a FATAL for the
backend or exit(FAILURE) for the frontend is triggered if an allocation
for a WAL record decode fails in walreader.c, rather than treating this
case as bogus data, which would be equivalent to the end of WAL. The
key is to avoid palloc_extended(MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM) in walreader.c,
relying on plain palloc() calls.
The previous behavior could make WAL replay finish too early than it
should. For example, crash recovery finishing earlier may corrupt
clusters because not all the WAL available locally was replayed to
ensure a consistent state. Out-of-memory failures would show up
randomly depending on the memory pressure on the host, but one simple
case would be to generate a large record, then replay this record after
downsizing a host, as Ethan Mertz originally reported.
This relies on bae868caf2, as the WAL reader routines now do the
memory allocation required for a record only once its header has been
fully read and validated, making xl_tot_len trustable. Making the WAL
reader react differently on out-of-memory or bogus record data would
require ABI changes, so this is the safest choice for stable branches.
Also, it is worth noting that 3f1ce97346 has been using a plain
palloc() in this code for some time now.
Thanks to Noah Misch and Thomas Munro for the discussion.
Like the other commit, backpatch down to 12, leaving out v11 that will
be EOL'd soon. The behavior of considering a failed allocation as bogus
data comes originally from 0ffe11abd3, where the record length
retrieved from its header was not entirely trustable.
Reported-by: Ethan Mertz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZRKKdI5-RRlta3aF@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
The retry loop is needed because heap_page_prune() calls
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() and then lazy_scan_prune() does the same
thing again, and they might get different answers due to concurrent
clog updates. But this patch makes heap_page_prune() return the
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() results that it computed back to the
caller, which allows lazy_scan_prune() to avoid needing to recompute
those values in the first place. That's nice both because it eliminates
the need for a retry loop and also because it's cheaper.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by David Geier, Andres Freund, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
This adjusts the expression evaluation code for CoerceViaIO and
CoerceToDomain to handle errors softly if needed.
For CoerceViaIo, this means using InputFunctionCallSafe(), which
provides the option to handle errors softly, instead of calling the
type input function directly.
For CoerceToDomain, this simply entails replacing the ereport() in
ExecEvalConstraintCheck() by errsave().
In both cases, the ErrorSaveContext to be used when evaluating the
expression is stored by ExecInitExprRec() in the expression's struct
in the expression's ExprEvalStep. The ErrorSaveContext is passed by
setting ExprState.escontext to point to it when calling
ExecInitExprRec() on the expression whose errors are to be handled
softly.
Note that no call site of ExecInitExprRec() has been changed in this
commit, so there's no functional change. This is intended for
implementing new SQL/JSON expression nodes in future commits that
will use to it suppress errors that may occur during type coercions.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
After receiving position data for a lexeme, tsvectorrecv()
advanced its "datalen" value by (npos+1)*sizeof(WordEntry)
where the correct calculation is (npos+1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos).
This accidentally failed to render the constructed tsvector
invalid, but it did result in leaving some wasted space
approximately equal to the space consumed by the position data.
That could have several bad effects:
* Disk space is wasted if the received tsvector is stored into a
table as-is.
* A legal tsvector could get rejected with "maximum total lexeme
length exceeded" if the extra space pushes it over the MAXSTRPOS
limit.
* In edge cases, the finished tsvector could be assigned a length
larger than the allocated size of its palloc chunk, conceivably
leading to SIGSEGV when the tsvector gets copied somewhere else.
The odds of a field failure of this sort seem low, though valgrind
testing could probably have found this.
While we're here, let's express the calculation as
"sizeof(uint16) + npos * sizeof(WordEntryPos)" to avoid the type
pun implicit in the "npos + 1" formulation. It's not wrong
given that WordEntryPos had better be 2 bytes to avoid padding
problems, but it seems clearer this way.
Report and patch by Denis Erokhin. Back-patch to all supported
versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/009801d9f2d9$f29730c0$d7c59240$@datagile.ru
In recent releases, such cases fail with "cache lookup failed for
function 0" rather than complaining that the conversion function
doesn't exist as prior versions did. Seems to be a consequence of
sloppy refactoring in commit f82de5c46. Add the missing error check.
Per report from Pierre Fortin. Back-patch to v14 where the
oversight crept in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230929163739.3bea46e5.pfortin@pfortin.com
Commit 9f8377f7a2 was a little too eager in fetching default values.
Normally this would not matter, but if the default value is not valid
for the type (e.g. a varchar that's too long) it caused an unnecessary
error.
Complaint and fix from Laurenz Albe
Backpatch to release 16.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75a7b7483aeb331aa017328d606d568fc715b90d.camel@cybertec.at
These options already exist, but you need to specify a column list for
them, which can be cumbersome. We already have the possibility of all
columns for FORCE QUOTE, so this is simply extending that facility to
FORCE_NULL and FORCE_NOT_NULL.
Author: Zhang Mingli
Reviewed-By: Richard Guo, Kyatoro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxEnVqzOFtqhexF2+AwOKFrV8zHOY3y=p+gPK6eB14pn_w@mail.gmail.com
ANALYZE on a table with inheritance children analyzes all the child
tables in a loop. When stepping to next child table, it updated the
child rel ID value in the command progress stats, but did not reset
the 'sample_blks_total' and 'sample_blks_scanned' counters.
acquire_sample_rows() updates 'sample_blks_total' as soon as the scan
starts and 'sample_blks_scanned' after processing the first block, but
until then, pg_stat_progress_analyze would display a bogus combination
of the new child table relid with old counter values from the
previously processed child table. Fix by resetting 'sample_blks_total'
and 'sample_blks_scanned' to zero at the same time that
'current_child_table_relid' is updated.
Backpatch to v13, where pg_stat_progress_analyze view was introduced.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230122162345.GP13860%40telsasoft.com
Under some circumstances, concurrent MERGE operations could lead to
inconsistent results, that varied according the plan chosen. This was
caused by a lack of rowmarks on the source relation, which meant that
EvalPlanQual rechecking was not guaranteed to return the same source
tuples when re-running the join query.
Fix by ensuring that preprocess_rowmarks() sets up PlanRowMarks for
all non-target relations used in MERGE, in the same way that it does
for UPDATE and DELETE.
Per bug #18103. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18103-c4386baab8e355e3%40postgresql.org
Improve find_base_rel() and find_base_rel_ignore_join() so that they
raise an ERROR if they ever receive a negative relid value in
non-cassert builds. If either of these functions had ever received a
negative relid then they'd have attempted to access memory that does not
belong to simple_rel_array.
Because no evidence has been presented of actual cases where bugs have
caused this to happen, here we take a lightweight approach to checking
for negative values and simply cast both values to uint32 before
performing the comparison. This will cause any negative relids to be
seen as greater than simple_rel_array_size which will ERROR rather than
attempt to access a negative simple_rel_array element. Obviously, the
run-time error is better than a crash, so it makes sense to protect
against this, especially when it can be done without adding any
additional run-time overhead.
There is a slight change here if the functions are ever called with a
relid of 0. This will pass the bounds check, but that array entry
should be NULL (along with the corresponding simple_rte_array entry), so
won't pass the "if (rel)" condition and still fall through and raise an
ERROR.
Author: Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQArQSghBu2gLojg4o_tnHj_x2HcS%3D%2BwewL3NJS8z0VnK%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
nbtree's mark/restore processing failed to correctly handle an edge case
involving array key advancement and related search-type scan key state.
Scans with ScalarArrayScalarArrayOpExpr quals requiring mark/restore
processing (for a merge join) could incorrectly conclude that an
affected array/scan key must not have advanced during the time between
marking and restoring the scan's position.
As a result of all this, array key handling within btrestrpos could skip
a required call to _bt_preprocess_keys(). This confusion allowed later
primitive index scans to overlook tuples matching the true current array
keys. The scan's search-type scan keys would still have spurious values
corresponding to the final array element(s) -- not values matching the
first/now-current array element(s).
To fix, remember that "array key wraparound" has taken place during the
ongoing btrescan in a flag variable stored in the scan's state, and use
that information at the point where btrestrpos decides if another call
to _bt_preprocess_keys is required.
Oversight in commit 70bc5833, which taught nbtree to handle array keys
during mark/restore processing, but missed this subtlety. That commit
was itself a bug fix for an issue in commit 9e8da0f7, which taught
nbtree to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals natively.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkgP3DDRJxw6DgjCxo-cu-DKrvjEv_ArkP2ctBJatDCYg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11- (all supported branches).
This code was sloppy about comparison of index columns that
are expressions. It didn't reliably reject cases where one
index has an expression where the other has a plain column,
and it could index off the start of the attmap array, leading
to a Valgrind complaint (though an actual crash seems unlikely).
I'm not sure that the expression-vs-column sloppiness leads
to any visible problem in practice, because the subsequent
comparison of the two expression lists would reject cases
where the indexes have different numbers of expressions
overall. Maybe we could falsely match indexes having the
same expressions in different column positions, but it'd
require unlucky contents of the word before the attmap array.
It's not too surprising that no problem has been reported
from the field. Nonetheless, this code is clearly wrong.
Per bug #18135 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18135-532f4a755e71e4d2@postgresql.org
Previously, one of the values in the struct was returned as the return
value, and another was returned via an output parameter. In
preparation for returning more stuff, consolidate both values into a
struct returned via an output parameter.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by Andres Freund and by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
Tid Range scans were added back in bb437f995. That commit forgot to add
handling for TidRangePaths in print_path().
Only people building with OPTIMIZER_DEBUG might have noticed this, which
likely is the reason it's taken 4 years for anyone to notice.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov
Reported-by: Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/379082d6-1b6a-4cd6-9ecf-7157d8c08635@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 14, where bb437f995 was introduced
This commit removes unnecessary ExecExprFreeContext() calls in
ExecEnd* routines because the actual cleanup is managed by
FreeExecutorState(). With no callers remaining for
ExecExprFreeContext(), this commit also removes the function.
This commit also drops redundant ExecClearTuple() calls, because
ExecResetTupleTable() in ExecEndPlan() already takes care of
resetting and dropping all TupleTableSlots initialized with
ExecInitScanTupleSlot() and ExecInitExtraTupleSlot().
After these modifications, the ExecEnd*() routines for ValuesScan,
NamedTuplestoreScan, and WorkTableScan became redundant. So, this
commit removes them.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFGkMSge6TgC9KQzde0ohpAycLQuV7ooitEEpbKB0O_mg@mail.gmail.com
"in_streaming" is a flag used to track if an instance of pgoutput is
streaming changes. When pgoutput is started, the flag was always reset,
switched it back and forth in the stream start/stop callbacks.
Before this commit, it was a global variable, which is confusing as it
is actually attached to a state of PGOutputData. Per my analysis, using
a global variable did not lead to an active bug like in 54ccfd6586,
but it makes the code more consistent. Note that we cannot backpatch
this change anyway as it requires the addition of a new field to
PGOutputData, exposed in pgoutput.h.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This unifies some repetitive code.
Note: I didn't push the "not found" error message into the new
function, even though all existing callers would be able to make use
of it. Using the existing error handling as-is would probably require
exposing the Relation type via tupdesc.h, which doesn't seem
desirable. (Or even if we changed it to just report the OID, it would
inject the concept of a relation containing the tuple descriptor into
tupdesc.h, which might be a layering violation. Perhaps some further
improvements could be considered here separately.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da%40eisentraut.org
When performing inlining LLVM unfortunately "leaks" types (the
types survive and are usable, but a new round of inlining will
recreate new structurally equivalent types). This accumulation
will over time amount to a memory leak which for some queries
can be large enough to trigger the OOM process killer.
To avoid accumulation of types, all IR related data is stored
in an LLVMContextRef which is dropped and recreated in order
to release all types. Dropping and recreating incurs overhead,
so it will be done only after 100 queries. This is a heuristic
which might be revisited, but until we can get the size of the
context from LLVM we are flying a bit blind.
This issue has been reported several times, there may be more
references to it in the archives on top of the threads linked
below.
Backpatching of this fix will be handled once it has matured
in master for a bit.
Reported-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reported-By: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Reported-By: Lauri Laanmets <pcspets@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7acc8678-df5f-4923-9cf6-e843131ae89d@www.fastmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201218235607.GC30237@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPH-tTxLf44s3CvUUtQpkDr1D8Hxqc2NGDzGXS1ODsfiJ6WSqA@mail.gmail.com
Commit b059d2f456 introduced llvm_types_module and accidentally
exported it. As there is no usecase for accessing this variable
externally, this makes it static.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221101055132.pjjsvlkeo4stbjkq@awork3.anarazel.de
The pgoutput module uses a global variable (publish_no_origin) to cache
the action for the origin filter, but we didn't reset the flag when
shutting down the output plugin, so subsequent retries may access the
previous publish_no_origin value.
We fix this by storing the flag in the output plugin's private data.
Additionally, the patch removes the currently unused origin string from the
structure.
For the back branch, to avoid changing the exposed structure, we eliminated the
global variable and instead directly used the origin string for change
filtering.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Yet another bug in the ilk of commits a7ee7c851 and 741b88435. In
741b88435, we took care to clear the memorized location of the
downlink when we split the parent page, because splitting the parent
page can move the downlink. But we missed that even *updating* a tuple
on the parent can move it, because updating a tuple on a gist page is
implemented as a delete+insert, so the updated tuple gets moved to the
end of the page.
This commit fixes the bug in two different ways (belt and suspenders):
1. Clear the downlink when we update a tuple on the parent page, even
if it's not split. This the same approach as in commits a7ee7c851
and 741b88435.
I also noticed that gistFindCorrectParent did not clear the
'downlinkoffnum' when it stepped to the right sibling. Fix that
too, as it seems like a clear bug even though I haven't been able
to find a test case to hit that.
2. Change gistFindCorrectParent so that it treats 'downlinkoffnum'
merely as a hint. It now always first checks if the downlink is
still at that location, and if not, it scans the page like before.
That's more robust if there are still more cases where we fail to
clear 'downlinkoffnum' that we haven't yet uncovered. With this,
it's no longer necessary to meticulously clear 'downlinkoffnum',
so this makes the previous fixes unnecessary, but I didn't revert
them because it still seems nice to clear it when we know that the
downlink has moved.
Also add the test case using the same test data that Alexander
posted. I tried to reduce it to a smaller test, and I also tried to
reproduce this with different test data, but I was not able to, so
let's just include what we have.
Backpatch to v12, like the previous fixes.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/18129-caca016eaf0c3702@postgresql.org
There was a mismatch between the const qualifiers for
excludeDirContents in src/backend/backup/basebackup.c and
src/bin/pg_rewind/filemap.c, which led to a quick search for similar
cases. We should make excludeDirContents match, but the rest of the
changes seem like a good idea as well.
Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/669a035c-d23d-2f38-7ff0-0cb93e01d610@pgmasters.net
As implemented in 5891c7a8ed, setting "force" to true in
pgstat_report_wal() causes the routine to not wait for the pgstat
shmem lock if it cannot be acquired, in which case the WAL and I/O
statistics finish by not being flushed. The origin of the confusion
comes from pgstat_flush_wal() and pgstat_flush_io(), that use "nowait"
as sole argument. The I/O stats are new in v16.
This is the opposite behavior of what has been used in
pgstat_report_stat(), where "force" is the opposite of "nowait". In
this case, when "force" is true, the routine sets "nowait" to false,
which would cause the routine to wait for the pgstat shmem lock,
ensuring that the stats are always flushed. When "force" is false,
"nowait" is set to true, and the stats would only not be flushed if the
pgstat shmem lock can be acquired, returning immediately without
flushing the stats if the lock cannot be acquired.
This commit changes pgstat_report_wal() so as "force" has the same
behavior as in pgstat_report_stat(). There are currently three callers
of pgstat_report_wal():
- Two in the checkpointer where force=true during a shutdown and the
main checkpointer loop. Now the code behaves so as the stats are always
flushed.
- One in the main loop of the bgwriter, where force=false. Now the code
behaves so as the stats would not be flushed if the pgstat shmem lock
could not be acquired.
Before this commit, some stats on WAL and I/O could have been lost after
a shutdown, for example.
Reported-by: Ryoga Yoshida
Author: Ryoga Yoshida, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f87a4d7be70530606b864fd1df91718c@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
bae868ca removed a check that was still needed. If you had an
xl_tot_len at the end of a page that was too small for a record header,
but not big enough to span onto the next page, we'd immediately perform
the CRC check using a bogus large length. Because of arbitrary coding
differences between the CRC implementations on different platforms,
nothing very bad happened on common modern systems. On systems using
the _sb8.c fallback we could segfault.
Restore that check, add a new assertion and supply a test for that case.
Back-patch to 12, like bae868ca.
Tested-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Tested-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLCkTT7zYjzOxuLGahBdQ%3DMcF%3Dz5ZvrjSOnW4EDhVjT-g%40mail.gmail.com
Thanks to commit 2a8b40e368, the logical replication worker type is
easily determined. The worker type could already be deduced via
other columns such as leader_pid and relid, but that is unnecessary
complexity for users.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Maxim Orlov, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut%2BPtmbSMfErSk0S7xxVdZJ9XVE3xVLhqBTmT91kf57BeKDQ%40mail.gmail.com
Parse analysis of a CallStmt will inject mutable information,
for instance the OID of the called procedure, so that subsequent
DDL may create a need to re-parse the CALL. We failed to detect
this for CALLs in plpgsql routines, because no dependency information
was collected when putting a CallStmt into the plan cache. That
could lead to misbehavior or strange errors such as "cache lookup
failed".
Before commit ee895a655, the issue would only manifest for CALLs
appearing in atomic contexts, because we re-planned non-atomic
CALLs every time through anyway.
It is now apparent that extract_query_dependencies() probably
needs a special case for every utility statement type for which
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() returns true. I wanted to add
something like Assert(!stmt_requires_parse_analysis(...)) when
falling out of extract_query_dependencies_walker without doing
anything, but there are API issues as well as a more fundamental
point: stmt_requires_parse_analysis is supposed to be applied to
raw parser output, so it'd be cheating to assume it will give the
correct answer for post-parse-analysis trees. I contented myself
with adding a comment.
Per bug #18131 from Christian Stork. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18131-576854e79c5cd264@postgresql.org
The initial estimate of the number of distinct ParsedWords is just
that: an estimate. Don't let it exceed what palloc is willing to
allocate. If in fact we need more entries, we'll eventually fail
trying to enlarge the array. But if we don't, this allows success on
inputs that currently draw "invalid memory alloc request size".
Per bug #18080 from Uwe Binder. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18080-d5c5e58fef8c99b7@postgresql.org
In order to troubleshoot misbehaving or buggy event triggers, the
documented advice is to enter single-user mode. In an attempt to
reduce the number of situations where single-user mode is required
(or even recommended) for non-extraordinary maintenance, this GUC
allows to temporarily suspend event triggers.
This was originally extracted from a larger patchset which aimed
at supporting event triggers on login events.
Reviewed-by: Ted Yu <yuzhihong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Gribkov <youzhick@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9140106E-F9BF-4D85-8FC8-F2D3C094A6D9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709@postgrespro.ru
xl_tot_len comes first in a WAL record. Usually we don't trust it to be
the true length until we've validated the record header. If the record
header was split across two pages, previously we wouldn't do the
validation until after we'd already tried to allocate enough memory to
hold the record, which was bad because it might actually be garbage
bytes from a recycled WAL file, so we could try to allocate a lot of
memory. Release 15 made it worse.
Since 70b4f82a4b, we'd at least generate an end-of-WAL condition if the
garbage 4 byte value happened to be > 1GB, but we'd still try to
allocate up to 1GB of memory bogusly otherwise. That was an
improvement, but unfortunately release 15 tries to allocate another
object before that, so you could get a FATAL error and recovery could
fail.
We can fix both variants of the problem more fundamentally using
pre-existing page-level validation, if we just re-order some logic.
The new order of operations in the split-header case defers all memory
allocation based on xl_tot_len until we've read the following page. At
that point we know that its first few bytes are not recycled data, by
checking its xlp_pageaddr, and that its xlp_rem_len agrees with
xl_tot_len on the preceding page. That is strong evidence that
xl_tot_len was truly the start of a record that was logged.
This problem was most likely to occur on a standby, because
walreceiver.c recycles WAL files without zeroing out trailing regions of
each page. We could fix that too, but it wouldn't protect us from rare
crash scenarios where the trailing zeroes don't make it to disk.
With reliable xl_tot_len validation in place, the ancient policy of
considering malloc failure to indicate corruption at end-of-WAL seems
quite surprising, but changing that is left for later work.
Also included is a new TAP test to exercise various cases of end-of-WAL
detection by writing contrived data into the WAL from Perl.
Back-patch to 12. We decided not to put this change into the final
release of 11.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com> (the idea, not the code)
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17928-aa92416a70ff44a2%40postgresql.org
Guard against the pointer being NULL before pfreeing upon an error
returned from OpenSSL. Also handle errors from X509_NAME_print_ex
which can return -1 on memory allocation errors.
Backpatch down to v15 where the code was added.
Author: Sergey Shinderuk <s.shinderuk@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8db5374d-32e0-6abb-d402-40762511eff2@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: v15
The computation of the column
information_schema.check_constraints.check_clause used
pg_get_constraintdef() plus some string manipulation to get the check
clause back out. This ended up with an extra pair of parentheses,
which is only an aesthetic problem, but also with suffixes like "NOT
VALID", which don't belong into that column. We can fix both of these
problems and simplify the code by just using pg_get_expr() instead.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/799b59ef-3330-f0d2-ee23-8cdfa1740987@eisentraut.org
In older branches, COMMIT/ROLLBACK AND CHAIN failed to propagate
the current transaction's properties to the new transaction if
there was any open subtransaction (unreleased savepoint).
Instead, some previous transaction's properties would be restored.
This is because the "if (s->chain)" check in CommitTransactionCommand
examined the wrong instance of the "chain" flag and falsely
concluded that it didn't need to save transaction properties.
Our regression tests would have noticed this, except they used
identical transaction properties for multiple tests in a row,
so that the faulty behavior was not distinguishable from correct
behavior.
Commit 12d768e70 fixed the problem in v15 and later, but only rather
accidentally, because I removed the "if (s->chain)" test to avoid a
compiler warning, while not realizing that the warning was flagging a
real bug.
In v14 and before, remove the if-test and save transaction properties
unconditionally; just as in the newer branches, that's not expensive
enough to justify thinking harder.
Add the comment and extra regression test to v15 and later to
forestall any future recurrence, but there's no live bug in those
branches.
Patch by me, per bug #18118 from Liu Xiang. Back-patch to v12 where
the AND CHAIN feature was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18118-4b72fcbb903aace6@postgresql.org
The comment introduced by commit e7cb7ee14 was a bit too terse, which
could lead to extensions doing different things within the hook function
than we intend to allow. Extend the comment to explain what they can do
within the hook function.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
In passing, I rephrased a nearby comment that I recently added to the
back branches.
Reviewed by David Rowley and Andrei Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK15SBPA1nr3Aqsdm%2BYyS-ay0Ayo2BRYQ8_A2To9eLqwopQ%40mail.gmail.com
When a snapshot file fails to be read in ImportSnapshot(), it would
issue an ERROR as "invalid snapshot identifier" when opening a stream
for it in read-only mode. The error handling is improved to be more
talkative in failure cases:
- If a snapshot identifier uses incorrect characters, complain with the
same error as before this commit.
- If the snapshot file cannot be found in pg_snapshots/, complain with a
"snapshot \"foo\" does not exist" instead. This maps to the case where
AllocateFile() fails on ENOENT. Based on a suggestion from Andres
Freund.
- If AllocateFile() throws something else than ENOENT as errno, report
it with more details in %m instead, as these failures are never
expected.
b29504eeb489 was the first improvement take. The older error message
exists since bb446b689b that introduced snapshot imports. Two test
cases are added to cover the cases of an identifier with an incorrect
format and of a missing snapshot.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWmr=3KdxDkm8h7Zn1XxBoF6hdzq8WQyMn2y1OL5RYFrg@mail.gmail.com
There are a couple of places in frontend code that could make use
of this simple binary heap implementation. This commit makes
binaryheap usable in frontend code, much like commit 26aaf97b68 did
for StringInfo. Like StringInfo, the header file is left in lib/
to reduce the likelihood of unnecessary breakage.
The frontend version of binaryheap exposes a void *-based API since
frontend code does not have access to the Datum definitions. This
seemed like a better approach than switching all existing uses to
void * or making the Datum definitions available to frontend code.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
cursor_to_xmlschema() assumed that any Portal must have a tupDesc,
which is not so. Add a defensive check.
It's plausible that this mistake occurred because of the rather
poorly chosen name of the lookup function SPI_cursor_find(),
which in such cases is returning something that isn't very much
like a cursor. Add some documentation to try to forestall future
errors of the same ilk.
Report and patch by Boyu Yang (docs changes by me). Back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dd343010-c637-434c-a8cb-418f53bda3b8.yangboyu.yby@alibaba-inc.com
expandRecordVariable() failed to adjust the parse nesting structure
correctly when recursing to inspect an outer-level Var. This could
result in assertion failures or core dumps in corner cases.
Likewise, get_name_for_var_field() failed to adjust the deparse
namespace stack correctly when recursing to inspect an outer-level
Var. In this case the likely result was a "bogus varno" error
while deparsing a view.
Per bug #18077 from Jingzhou Fu. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Richard Guo, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18077-b9db97c6e0ab45d8@postgresql.org
When tracking IO timing for WAL, the duration is what we calculate
based on the start and end timestamps, it's not what the variable
contains. Rename the timestamp variable to end to better communicate
what it contains. Original patch by Krishnakumar with additional
hacking to fix another occurrence by me.
Author: Krishnakumar R <kksrcv001@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPMWgZ9f9o8awrQpjo8oxnNQ=bMDVPx00NE0QcDzvHD_ZrdLPw@mail.gmail.com
This became safe after commit 4b4798e138. The smgrcreate() call will
now register the segment for syncing at the next checkpoint, so we
don't need to sync it here. If a checkpoint happens before the
creation is WAL-logged, the records will be replayed when starting
recovery from the checkpoint. If a checkpoint happens after the WAL
logging, the checkpoint will fsync() it.
In the passing, clarify a comment in smgrDoPendingSyncs().
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6e5bbc08-cdfc-b2b3-9e23-1a914b9850a9%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
The majority of all filenames are quoted in user facing error and
log messages, but a few were still printed without quotes. While
these filenames do not risk causing any ambiguity as their format
is strict, quote them anyways to be consistent across all logs.
Also concatenate a message to keep it one line to make it easier
to grep for in the code.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/080EEABE-6645-4A46-AB20-6285ADAC44FE@yesql.se
This reverts commit a0d87bcd9b, following a remark from Andres Frend
that the new error can be triggered with an incorrect SET TRANSACTION
SNAPSHOT command without being really helpful for the user as it uses
the internal file name.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230914020724.hlks7vunitvtbbz4@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch-through: 11
It's entirely possible for a logical slot to have a confirmed_flush LSN
higher than the last value saved on disk while not being marked as dirty.
Currently, it is not a major problem but a later patch adding support for
the upgrade of slots relies on that value being properly flushed to disk.
It can also help avoid processing the same transactions again in some
boundary cases after the clean shutdown and restart. Say, we process
some transactions for which we didn't send anything downstream (the
changes got filtered) but the confirm_flush LSN is updated due to
keepalives. As we don't flush the latest value of confirm_flush LSN, it
may lead to processing the same changes again without this patch.
The approach taken by this patch has been suggested by Ashutosh Bapat.
Author: Vignesh C, Julien Rouhaud, Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier, Ashutosh Bapat, Peter Smith, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JzJagMmb_E8D4au=GYQkxox0AfNBm1FbP7sy7t4YWXPQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58664C81887B3AF2EB6B16E3F5939@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Karina figured out that I (Andres) confused BufferUsage.temp_blks_written with
BufferUsage.local_blks_written in fcdda1e4b5.
Tests in core PG can't easily test this, as BufferUsage is just used for
EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, BUFFERS) and pg_stat_statements. Thus this commit adds tests
for this to pg_stat_statements.
Reported-by: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Author: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACiT8ibxXA6+0amGikbeFhm8B84XdQVo6D0Qfd1pQ1s8zpsnxQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 16-, where fcdda1e4b5 was merged
When a snapshot file fails to be read in ImportSnapshot(), it would
issue an ERROR as "invalid snapshot identifier" when opening a stream
for it in read-only mode. This error message is reworded to be the same
as all the other messages used in this case on failure, which is useful
when debugging this area.
Thinko introduced by bb446b689b where snapshot imports have been
added. A backpatch down to 11 is done as this can improve any work
related to snapshot imports in older branches.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWmr=3KdxDkm8h7Zn1XxBoF6hdzq8WQyMn2y1OL5RYFrg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
These code paths should not be reached normally, but if they are an
error with "(null)" as information for the collation provider would show
up if no locale is set, while we can assume that we are referring to
libc.
This refactors the code so as the provider is always reported even if no
locale is set. The name of the function where the error happens is
added, while on it, as it can be helpful for debugging.
Issue introduced by d87d548cd0, so backpatch down to 16.
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7073610042fcf97e1bea2ce08b7e0214b5e11094.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Both 50e17ad28 and 29f45e299 mistakenly tried to record a plan dependency
on a function but mistakenly inverted the OidIsValid test. This meant
that we'd record a dependency only when the function's Oid was
InvalidOid. Clearly this was meant to *not* record the dependency in
that case.
50e17ad28 made this mistake first, then in v15 29f45e299 copied the same
mistake.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 14, where 50e17ad28 first made this mistake
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2277537.1694301772@sss.pgh.pa.us
If an out-of-memory error was thrown at an unfortunate time,
ensure_record_cache_typmod_slot_exists() could leak memory and leave
behind a global state that produced an infinite loop on the next call.
Fix by merging RecordCacheArray and RecordIdentifierArray into a single
array. With only one allocation or re-allocation, there is no
intermediate state.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: "James Pang (chaolpan)" <chaolpan@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PH0PR11MB519113E738814BDDA702EDADD6EFA%40PH0PR11MB5191.namprd11.prod.outlook.com
generation_counter includes time spent on both JIT:ing expressions
and tuple deforming which are configured independently via options
jit_expressions and jit_tuple_deforming. As they are combined in
the same counter it's not apparent what fraction of time the tuple
deforming takes.
This adds deform_counter dedicated to tuple deforming, which allows
seeing more directly the influence jit_tuple_deforming is having on
the query. The counter is exposed in EXPLAIN and pg_stat_statements
bumpin pg_stat_statements to 1.11.
Author: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220612091253.eegstkufdsu4kfls@erthalion.local
The WAIT_USE_WIN32 implementation of WaitEventSetWait() previously
reported at most one event per call, because that's what the underlying
WaitForMultipleObjects() call does.
We can make the behavior match the three Unix implementations by looping
until our output buffer is full, or there are no more events available
now. This makes no difference to most callers including the regular
FEBE socket code, since they ask for at most one event anyway. A
difference in socket accept priority might be perceived by end users
after commit 7389aad6 started using WaitEventSet in the postmaster.
With this commit, the accept order now matches Unix systems, servicing
listening sockets in round-robin order.
We decided it wasn't really a bug or worth back-patching, but it seems
good to align the behavior across platforms.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Tested-by: "Wei Wang (Fujitsu)" <wangw.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA2dk29hr5zRP3HVJQ-_PncNJM6HVQ7aaYLXLRBZU-xw%40mail.gmail.com
Now that ATExecDropConstraint doesn't recurse anymore, so it's wrong to
test privileges "during recursion" there. Move the check to
dropconstraint_internal, which is the place where recursion occurs.
In passing, remove now-useless 'recursing' argument to
ATExecDropConstraint.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309051744.y4mndw5gwzhh@alvherre.pgsql
Now that we have catalogued not-null constraints, our information_schema
definition can be updated to grab those rather than fabricate synthetic
definitions.
Note that we still don't have catalog rows for not-null constraints on
domains, but we've never had not-null constraints listed in
information_schema, so that's a problem to be solved separately.
Co-authored-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/81b461c4-edab-5d8c-2f88-203108425340@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309041710.psytrxlsiqex@alvherre.pgsql
We shouldn't be doing non-trivial work in signal handlers in general,
and in this case the handler could reach unsafe code and corrupt state.
It also clobbered its own "reason" code.
Move all recovery conflict decision logic into the next
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), and have the signal handler just set flags and
the latch, following the standard pattern. Since there are several
different "reasons", use a separate flag for each.
With this refactoring, the recovery conflict system no longer
piggy-backs on top of the regular query cancelation mechanism, but
instead raises an error directly if it decides that is necessary. It
still needs to respect QueryCancelHoldoffCount, because otherwise the
FEBE protocol might get out of sync (see commit 2b3a8b20c2).
This fixes one class of intermittent failure in the new
031_recovery_conflict.pl test added by commit 9f8a050f, though the buggy
coding is much older. Failures outside contrived testing seem to be
very rare (or perhaps incorrectly attributed) in the field, based on
lack of reports.
No back-patch for now due to complexity and release schedule. We have
the option to back-patch into 16 later, as 16 has prerequisite commit
bea3d7e.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVr8au2J_9D88UfRCi0JdWhyQDDxAcSVav0B0irx9nXEg%40mail.gmail.com
This commit renames RecoveryInitSyncMethod to DataDirSyncMethod and
moves it to common/file_utils.h. This is preparatory work for a
follow-up commit that will allow specifying the synchronization
method in frontend utilities such as pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZN2ZB4afQ2JbR9TA%40paquier.xyz
This file is now made of two columns, removing the column listing the
user-visible strings used in the system views and the documentation:
- Enum definitions for each class without the prefix "WAIT_EVENT_", so
as this information can be grepped in the code and wait_event_names.txt
at the same time.
- Description in the documentation.
The wait event names are now generated from the enum objects in
CamelCase, with the underscores removed. The data generated for wait
events is consistent with what was produced by 414f6c0fb7.
This has the advantage to remove WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY, which was a
placeholder for the wait event types Lock and LWLock as these two only
require the generation of the documentation.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOxVHQwEC/9X/p/z@paquier.xyz
The event names use the same case-insensitive characters, hence applying
lower() or upper() to the monitoring queries allows the detection of the
same events as before this change. It is possible to cross-check the
data with the system view pg_wait_events, for instance, with a query
like that showing no differences:
SELECT lower(type), lower(name), description
FROM pg_wait_events ORDER BY 1, 2;
This will help in the introduction of more simplifications in the format
of wait_event_names. Some of the enum values in the code had to be
renamed a bit to follow the same convention naming across the board.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOxVHQwEC/9X/p/z@paquier.xyz
Presently, frontend code that needs to use these macros must either
include storage/fd.h, which declares several frontend-unsafe
functions, or duplicate the macros. This commit moves these macros
to common/file_utils.h, which is safe for both frontend and backend
code. Consequently, we can also remove the duplicated macros in
pg_checksums and stop including storage/fd.h in pg_rewind.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOP5qoUualu5xl2Z%40paquier.xyz
This lock was introduced before memory barrier support was added,
and it is only used to guarantee proper memory ordering when
KnownAssignedXidsAdd() appends to the array without a lock. Now
that such memory barrier support exists, we can remove the lock and
use barriers instead.
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Author: Michail Nikolaev
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANtu0oh0si%3DjG5z_fLeFtmYcETssQ08kLEa8b6TQqDm_cinroA%40mail.gmail.com
If all the bits of a key in a tsvector are true (marked with ALLISTRUE),
gtsvectorout() would show the following description:
"0 true bits, 0 false bits"
This is confusing, as all the bits are true, but this would be
equivalent to the information if siglen is 0.
This commit improves the output so as "all true bits" show instead in
this case. Alexander has proposed a regression test for pageinspect,
not included here as it is rather expensive compared to its coverage
value.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17950-6c80a8d2b94ec695@postgresql.org
This could lead to an imprecise choice when splitting an index page of a
GiST index on a tsvector, deciding which entries should remain on the
old page and which entries should move to a new page.
This is wrong since tsearch2 has been moved into core with commit
140d4ebcb4, so backpatch all the way down. This error has been
spotted by valgrind.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17950-6c80a8d2b94ec695@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
Dropping a database while a connection is attempted on it was able to
lead to the presence of valid database entries in shared statistics.
The issue is that MyDatabaseId was getting set too early than it should,
as, if the connection attempted on the dropped database fails when
renamed or dropped, the shutdown callback of the shared statistics would
finish by re-inserting a correct entry related to the database already
dropped.
As analyzed by the bug reporters, this issue could lead to phantom
entries in the database list maintained by the autovacuum launcher
(in rebuild_database_list()) if the database dropped was part of the
database list when it was still valid. After the database was dropped,
it would remain the highest on the list of databases to considered by
the autovacuum worker as things to process. This would prevent
autovacuum jobs to happen on all the other databases still present.
The commit fixes this issue by delaying setting MyDatabaseId until the
database existence has been re-checked with the second scan on
pg_database after getting a shared lock on it, and by switching
pgstat_update_dbstats() so as nothing happens if MyDatabaseId is not
valid.
Issue introduced by 5891c7a8ed, so backpatch down to 15.
Reported-by: Will Mortensen, Jacob Speidel
Analyzed-by: Will Mortensen, Jacob Speidel
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17973-bca1f7d5c14f601e@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
When a partitioned table has a primary key, trying to find the
corresponding not-null constraint for that column would come up empty,
causing code that's trying to check said not-null constraint to crash.
Fix by only running the check when the not-null constraint exists.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d57b4a69-7394-3146-5976-9a1ef27e7972@gmail.com
The comment in heapgettup_advance_block() says that it reports the
scan position before checking for end of scan, but that didn't match
the code. The code was refactored in commit 7ae0ab0ad9, which
inadvertently changed the order of the check and reporting. Change it
back.
This caused a few regression test failures with a small shared_buffers
setting like 10 MB. The 'portals' and 'cluster' tests perform seqscans
that are large enough that sync seqscans kick in. When the sync scan
position is not updated at end of scan, the next seq scan doesn't
start at the beginning of the table, and the test queries are
sensitive to that.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman, David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6f991389-ae22-d844-a9d8-9aceb7c01a9a@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: 16
There was some confusion in the ObjectProperty entry for transforms.
Some fields had values that were apparently meant for a different
field. Also, some fields were not assigned, which is okay for most
fields, but not for all. In particular, for .oid_catcache_id,
.name_catcache_id, and .objtype, zero is a valid value, so we need to
use -1 if not applicable. It has apparently been like that from the
very beginning (commit cac7658205). The faulty values were not
actually reachable, so it's not a big problem in practice, but we
should make it correct.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/75ae5875-3abc-dafc-8aec-73247ed41cde@eisentraut.org
The code is able to compile already without warnings under
-Wshadow=compatible-local, which is itself already enabled in the tree,
and the ones fixed here showed up with the more restrictive -Wshadow.
There are more of these that we may want to look at, and the ones fixed
here made the code confusing.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuR0y4ofNOxi691VTVWmBfScHV9AaBMGSpeh8+DKp81Nw@mail.gmail.com
Unlike the other pg_stat_get_backend* functions,
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact() looks up the backend entry by using
its integer argument as a 1-based index in an internal array. The
other functions look for the entry with the matching session
backend ID. These numbers often match, but that isn't reliably
true.
This commit resolves this discrepancy by introducing
pgstat_get_local_beentry_by_backend_id() and using it in
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact(). We cannot use
pgstat_get_beentry_by_backend_id() because it returns a
PgBackendStatus, which lacks the locally computed additions
available in LocalPgBackendStatus that are required by
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact().
Author: Ian Barwick
Reviewed-by: Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Presently, pgstat_fetch_stat_beentry() accepts a session's backend
ID as its argument, and pgstat_fetch_stat_local_beentry() accepts a
1-based index in an internal array as its argument. The former is
typically used wherever a user must provide a backend ID, and the
latter is usually used internally when looping over all entries in
the array. This difference was first introduced by d7e39d72ca.
Before that commit, both functions accepted a 1-based index to the
internal array.
This commit renames these two functions to make it clear whether
they use the backend ID or the 1-based index to look up the entry.
This is preparatory work for a follow-up change that will introduce
a function for looking up a LocalPgBackendStatus using a backend
ID.
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
nFreeBlocks, defined as a long, stores the number of free blocks in a
logical tape. ltsGetFreeBlock() has been using an int to store the
value of nFreeBlocks, which could lead to overflows on platforms where
long and int are not the same size (in short everything except Windows
where long is 4 bytes).
The problematic intermediate variable is switched to be a long instead
of an int.
Issue introduced by c02fdc9223, so backpatch down to 13.
Author: Ranier vilela
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApLDWCBR_xmwNjGBrDo+f+S4E87x3s7-+hoaKqYdtC4JQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
It makes no sense to add a NO INHERIT not-null constraint to a child
table that already has one in that column inherited from its parent.
Disallow that, and add tests for the relevant cases.
Per complaint from Kyotaro Horiguchi. I also used part of his proposed
patch.
Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230828.161658.1184657435220765047.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
The logical_replication_mode GUC is intended for testing and debugging
purposes, but its current name may be misleading and encourage users to make
unnecessary changes.
To avoid confusion, renaming the GUC to a less misleading name
debug_logical_replication_streaming that casual users are less likely to mistakenly
assume needs to be modified in a regular logical replication setup.
Author: Hou Zhijie <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d672d774-c44b-6fec-f993-793e744f169a%40eisentraut.org
After commit b0bea38705, syslogger prints 63 warnings about failing to
close a listen socket at postmaster startup. That's because the
syslogger process forks before the ListenSockets array is initialized,
so ClosePostmasterPorts() calls "close(0)" 64 times. The first call
succeeds, because fd 0 is stdin.
This has been like this since commit 9a86f03b4e in version 13, which
moved the SysLogger_Start() call to before initializing ListenSockets.
We just didn't notice until commit b0bea38705 added the LOG message.
Reported by Michael Paquier and Jeff Janes.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZOvvuQe0rdj2slA9%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZO0fgDwVw2SUJiZx@paquier.xyz#482670177eb4eaf4c9f03c1eed963e5f
Backpatch-through: 13
Since its introduction in 10074651e3, pg_promote() has been returning
a false status in three cases:
- SIGUSR1 not sent to the postmaster process.
- Postmaster death during standby promotion.
- Standby not promoted within the specified wait time.
An application calling this function will have a hard time understanding
what a false state returned actually means.
Per discussion, this switches the two first states to fail rather than
return a "false" status, making the second case more consistent with the
existing CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS in the wait loop. False is only returned
when the promotion is not completed within the specified time (60s by
default).
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Laurenz Albe, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0P=QTrwptL0t4J0fuBRDDjgsT-0PVKd-ikd96i1hyL7Bcg@mail.gmail.com
Make the primary messages more compact and make the detail messages
uniform. In initdb.c and pg_resetwal.c, use the newish
option_parse_int() to simplify some of the option parsing. For the
backend GUC wal_segment_size, add a GUC check hook to do the
verification instead of coding it in bootstrap.c. This might be
overkill, but that way the check is in the right place and it becomes
more self-documenting.
In passing, make pg_controldata use the logging API for warning
messages.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9939aa8a-d7be-da2c-7715-0a0b5535a1f7@eisentraut.org
Interval values now generate an error when the user has multiple
consecutive units or a unit without a value. Previously, it was
possible to specify multiple units consecutively which is contrary to
what the documentation allows, so it was possible to finish with
confusing interval values.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 165d581f14.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit Restrict the unit "ago" to only appear at the end of the
interval. According to the documentation, a direction can only be
defined at the end of an interval, but it was possible to define it in
the middle of the string or define it multiple times.
In spirit, this is similar to the error handling improvements done in
5b3c595355 or bcc704b524.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit removes some dead code related to the unit type RESERV,
whose last use has been removed from the unit lookup table used for
intervals ("deltatktbl" in datetime.c) in 666cbae16d. Before that,
RESERV was used as an equivalent of "invalid", but that's now
unreachable.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit switches query jumbling so as prepared statement names are
treated as constants in DeallocateStmt. A boolean field is added to
DeallocateStmt to make a distinction between ALL and named prepared
statements, as "name" was used to make this difference before, NULL
meaning DEALLOCATE ALL.
Prior to this commit, DEALLOCATE was not tracked in pg_stat_statements,
for the reason that it was not possible to treat its name parameter as a
constant. Now that query jumbling applies to all the utility nodes,
this reason does not apply anymore.
Like 638d42a3c5, this can be a huge advantage for monitoring where
prepared statement names are randomly generated, preventing bloat in
pg_stat_statements. A couple of tests are added to track the new
behavior.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
Adding an extra LOG for connections that have not set an authn ID, like
when the "trust" authentication method is used, is useful for audit
purposes.
A couple of TAP tests for SSL and authentication need to be tweaked to
adapt to this new LOG generated, as some scenarios expected no logs but
they now get a hit.
Reported-by: Shaun Thomas
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFdbL1N7-GF-ZXKaB3XuGA+CkSmnjFvqb8hgjMnDfd+uhL2u-A@mail.gmail.com
We now create contype='n' pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints.
We propagate these constraints to other tables during operations such as
adding inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions and
creating tables LIKE other tables. We also spawn not-null constraints
for inheritance child tables when their parents have primary keys.
These related constraints mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations: for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match not-null ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it,
instead matching by column name that they apply to. This means we don't
require the constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.
For now, we omit them for system catalogs. Maybe this is worth
reconsidering. We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)
psql shows these constraints in \d+.
pg_dump requires some ad-hoc hacks, particularly when dumping a primary
key. We now create one "throwaway" not-null constraint for each column
in the PK together with the CREATE TABLE command, and once the PK is
created, all those throwaway constraints are removed. This avoids
having to check each tuple for nullness when the dump restores the
primary key creation.
pg_upgrading from an older release requires a somewhat brittle procedure
to create a constraint state that matches what would be created if the
database were being created fresh in Postgres 17. I have tested all the
scenarios I could think of, and it works correctly as far as I can tell,
but I could have neglected weird cases.
This patch has been very long in the making. The first patch was
written by Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value
('n'), which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one
was killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints. However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again. During Postgres 16 this had
already been introduced by commit e056c557ae, but there were some
problems mainly with the pg_upgrade procedure that couldn't be fixed in
reasonable time, so it was reverted.
In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring an additional pg_attribute column
to track the OID of the not-null constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Commit 2a8b40e36 introduces the worker type field for logical replication
workers, but forgot to reset the type when the worker exits. This can lead
to recognizing a stopped worker as a valid logical replication worker.
Fix it by resetting the worker type and additionally adding the safeguard
to not use LogicalRepWorker until ->in_use is verified.
Reported-by: Thomas Munro based on cfbot reports.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK2RQh4LifVgBmkHsCYChP-65UwGXOmnCzYVa5aAt4GWg@mail.gmail.com
Revalidation of a plancache entry (after a cache invalidation event)
requires acquiring a snapshot. Normally that is harmless, but not
if the cached statement is one that needs to run without acquiring a
snapshot. We were already aware of that for TransactionStmts,
but for some reason hadn't extrapolated to the other statements that
PlannedStmtRequiresSnapshot() knows mustn't set a snapshot. This can
lead to unexpected failures of commands such as SET TRANSACTION
ISOLATION LEVEL. We can fix it in the same way, by excluding those
command types from revalidation.
However, we can do even better than that: there is no need to
revalidate for any statement type for which parse analysis, rewrite,
and plan steps do nothing interesting, which is nearly all utility
commands. To mechanize this, invent a parser function
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() that tells whether parse analysis does
anything beyond wrapping a CMD_UTILITY Query around the raw parse
tree. If that's what it does, then rewrite and plan will just
skip the Query, so that it is not possible for the same raw parse
tree to produce a different plan tree after cache invalidation.
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() is basically equivalent to the
existing function analyze_requires_snapshot(), except that for
obscure reasons that function omits ReturnStmt and CallStmt.
It is unclear whether those were oversights or intentional.
I have not been able to demonstrate a bug from not acquiring a
snapshot while analyzing these commands, but at best it seems mighty
fragile. It seems safer to acquire a snapshot for parse analysis of
these commands too, which allows making stmt_requires_parse_analysis
and analyze_requires_snapshot equivalent.
In passing this fixes a second bug, which is that ResetPlanCache
would exclude ReturnStmts and CallStmts from revalidation.
That's surely *not* safe, since they contain parsable expressions.
Per bug #18059 from Pavel Kulakov. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18059-79c692f036b25346@postgresql.org
It's good hygiene if e.g. an extension launches a subprogram when
being loaded. We went through some effort to close them in the child
process in EXEC_BACKEND mode, but it's better to not hand them down to
the child process in the first place. We still need to close them
after fork when !EXEC_BACKEND, but it's a little simpler.
In the passing, LOG a message if closing the client connection or
listen socket fails. Shouldn't happen, but if it does, would be nice
to know.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Andres Freund, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
The SnapBuildRestoreContents() used a const value in the error message to
indicate the size in bytes it was expecting to read from the serialized
snapshot file. Fix it by reporting the size that was actually passed.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716D408364F7DF32221C08D941FA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This commit introduces functions for converting numbers to their
equivalent binary and octal representations. Also, the base
conversion code for these functions and to_hex() has been moved to
a common helper function.
Co-authored-by: Eric Radman
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Dag Lem, Vignesh C, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Kirk Wolak, Vik Fearing, John Naylor, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y6IyTQQ/TsD5wnsH%40vm3.eradman.com
Some of the ambuildempty functions used smgrwrite() directly, followed
by smgrimmedsync(). A few small problems with that:
Firstly, one is supposed to use smgrextend() when extending a
relation, not smgrwrite(). It doesn't make much difference in
production builds. smgrextend() updates the relation size cache, so
you miss that, but that's harmless because we never use the cached
relation size of an init fork. But if you compile with
CHECK_WRITE_VS_EXTEND, you get an assertion failure.
Secondly, the smgrwrite() calls were performed before WAL-logging, so
the page image written to disk had 0/0 as the LSN, not the LSN of the
WAL record. That's also harmless in practice, but seems sloppy.
Thirdly, it's better to use the buffer cache, because then you don't
need to smgrimmedsync() the relation to disk, which adds latency.
Bypassing the cache makes sense for bulk operations like index
creation, but not when you're just initializing an empty index.
Creation of unlogged tables is hardly performance bottleneck in any
real world applications, but nevertheless.
Backpatch to v16, but no further. These issues should be harmless in
practice, so better to not rock the boat in older branches.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6e5bbc08-cdfc-b2b3-9e23-1a914b9850a9@iki.fi
This commit introduces descriptively-named macros for the
identifiers used in wire protocol messages. These new macros are
placed in a new header file so that they can be easily used by
third-party code.
Author: Dave Cramer
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tatsuo Ishii, Peter Smith, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HHKbBmK-PKf1bPNFoMC%2BoBt%2BpD9PH8h5nvmBQskEHm-Ehw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 31966b15 invented a way for functions dealing with relation
extension to accept a Relation in online code and an SMgrRelation in
recovery code. It seems highly likely that future bufmgr.c interfaces
will face the same problem, and need to do something similar.
Generalize the names so that each interface doesn't have to re-invent
the wheel.
Back-patch to 16. Since extension AM authors might start using the
constructor macros once 16 ships, we agreed to do the rename in 16
rather than waiting for 17.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B6tLD2BhpRWycEoti6LVLyQq457UL4ticP5xd8LqHySA%40mail.gmail.com
Attribute missing values might be needed past the lifetime of the tuple
descriptors from which they are extracted. To avoid possibly using
pointers for by-reference values which might thus be left dangling, we
cache a datumCopy'd version of the datum in the TopMemoryContext. Since
we first search for the value this only needs to be done once per
session for any such value.
Original complaint from Tom Lane, idea for mitigation by Andrew Dunstan,
tweaked by Tom Lane.
Backpatch to version 11 where missing values were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1306569.1687978174@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit fixes the function of $subject for shared relations. This
feature has been added by e042678. Unfortunately, this new behavior got
removed by 5891c7a when moving statistics to shared memory.
Reported-by: Mitsuru Hinata
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7cc69f863d9b1bc677544e3accd0e4b4@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
This new view, wrapped around a SRF, shows some information known about
wait events, as of:
- Name.
- Type (Activity, I/O, Extension, etc.).
- Description.
All the information retrieved comes from wait_event_names.txt, and the
description is the same as the documentation with filters applied to
remove any XML markups. This view is useful when joined with
pg_stat_activity to get the description of a wait event reported.
Custom wait events for extensions are included in the view.
Original idea by Yves Colin.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiro Ikeda, Tom Lane, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e2ae164-dc89-03c3-cf7f-de86378053ac@gmail.com
The OAT hooks are added in ALTER TABLE for the following subcommands:
- { ENABLE | DISABLE | [NO] FORCE } ROW LEVEL SECURITY
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } TRIGGER
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } RULE. Note that there was hook for pg_rewrite,
but not for relation ALTER'ed in pg_class.
Tests are added to test_oat_hook for all the subcommand patterns gaining
hooks here. Based on an ask from Legs Mansion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_083B3850655AC6EE04FA0A400766D3FE8309@qq.com
The source code comment already said that the presence of the field
element_types.domain_default might be a bug in the standard, since it
never made sense there. Indeed, the field is gone in newer versions
of the standard. So just remove it.
Previously, if a specialized comparator found equal datum1 keys,
the "comparetup" function would repeat the comparison on the
datum before proceeding with the unabbreviated first key
and/or additional sort keys.
Move comparing additional sort keys into "tiebreak" functions so
that specialized comparators can call these directly if needed,
avoiding duplicate work.
Reviewed by David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsGaVfUrjTghpf%3DkDBYY%3DjWx1PN-fuusVe7Vw5s0XqGdGw%40mail.gmail.com
This was disabled in commit 6f80a8d9c due to the lack of support for
handling of pseudoconstant quals assigned to replaced joins in
createplan.c. To re-allow it, this patch adds the support by 1)
modifying the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs so that if they
represent foreign and custom scans replacing a join with a scan, they
store the list of RestrictInfo nodes to apply to the join, as in
JoinPaths, and by 2) modifying create_scan_plan() in createplan.c so
that it uses that list in that case, instead of the baserestrictinfo
list, to get pseudoconstant quals assigned to the join, as mentioned in
the commit message for that commit.
Important item for the release notes: this is non-backwards-compatible
since it modifies the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs, as mentioned
above, and changes the argument lists for FDW helper functions
create_foreignscan_path(), create_foreign_join_path(), and
create_foreign_upper_path().
Richard Guo, with some additional changes by me, reviewed by Nishant
Sharma, Suraj Kharage, and Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADrsxdbcN1vejBaf8a%2BQhrZY5PXL-04mCd4GDu6qm6FigDZd6Q%40mail.gmail.com
Commit b91dd9de was concerned with a theoretical problem with our
non-atomic condition variable operations. If you stop sleeping, and
then cancel the sleep in a separate step, you might be signaled in
between, and that could be lost. That doesn't matter for callers of
ConditionVariableBroadcast(), but callers of ConditionVariableSignal()
might be upset if a signal went missing like this.
Commit bc971f4025 interacted badly with that logic, because it doesn't
use ConditionVariableSleep(), which would normally put us back in the
wait list. ConditionVariableCancelSleep() would be confused and think
we'd received an extra signal, and try to forward it to another backend,
resulting in wakeup storms.
New idea: ConditionVariableCancelSleep() can just return true if we've
been signaled. Hypothetical users of ConditionVariableSignal() would
then still have a way to deal with rare lost signals if they are
concerned about that problem.
Back-patch to 16, where bc971f4025 arrived.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2840876b-4cfe-240f-0a7e-29ffd66711e7%40enterprisedb.com
The new relation extension logic, introduced in 00d1e02be2, could lead to
slowdowns in some scenarios. E.g., when loading narrow rows into a table using
COPY, the caller of RelationGetBufferForTuple() will only request a small
number of pages. Without concurrency, we just extended using pwritev() in that
case. However, if there is *some* concurrency, we switched between extending
by a small number of pages and a larger number of pages, depending on the
number of waiters for the relation extension logic. However, some
filesystems, XFS in particular, do not perform well when switching between
extending files using fallocate() and pwritev().
To avoid that issue, remember the number of prior relation extensions in
BulkInsertState and extend more aggressively if there were prior relation
extensions. That not just avoids the aforementioned slowdown, but also leads
to noticeable performance gains in other situations, primarily due to
extending more aggressively when there is no concurrency. I should have done
it this way from the get go.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDvDmUQeJtZrau1ovnT_smN940=Kp6mszNGK3bq9yRN6g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 16-, where the new relation extension code was added
Currently, the names of the custom wait event must be registered for
each backend, requiring all these to link to the shared memory area of
an extension, even if these are not loaded with
shared_preload_libraries.
This patch relaxes the constraints related to this infrastructure by
storing the wait events and their names in two dynamic hash tables in
shared memory. This has the advantage to simplify the registration of
custom wait events to a single routine call that returns an event ID
ready for consumption:
uint32 WaitEventExtensionNew(const char *wait_event_name);
The caller of this routine can then cache locally the ID returned, to be
used for pgstat_report_wait_start(), WaitLatch() or a similar routine.
The implementation uses two hash tables: one with a key based on the
event name to avoid duplicates and a second using the event ID as key
for event lookups, like on pg_stat_activity. These tables can hold a
minimum of 16 entries, and a maximum of 128 entries, which should be plenty
enough.
The code changes done in worker_spi show how things are simplified (most
of the code removed in this commit comes from there):
- worker_spi_init() is gone.
- No more shared memory hooks required (size requested and
initialization).
- The custom wait event ID is cached in the process that needs to set
it, with one single call to WaitEventExtensionNew() to retrieve it.
Per suggestion from Andres Freund.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda, with a few tweaks from me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230801032349.aaiuvhtrcvvcwzcx@awork3.anarazel.de
We deduce a LogicalRepWorker's type from the values of several different
fields ('relid' and 'leader_pid') whenever logic needs to know it.
In fact, the logical replication worker type is already known at the time
of launching the LogicalRepWorker and it never changes for the lifetime of
that process. Instead of deducing the type, it is simpler to just store it
one time, and access it directly thereafter.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PttPSuP0yoZ=9zLDXKqTJ=d0bhxwKaEaNcaym1XqcvDEg@mail.gmail.com
pg_logical_emit_message(false, '_', repeat('x', 1069547465)) failed with
self-contradictory message "WAL record would be 1069547520 bytes (of
maximum 1069547520 bytes)". There's no particular benefit from allowing
or denying one byte in either direction; XLogRecordMaxSize could rise a
few megabytes without trouble. Hence, this is just for cleanliness.
Back-patch to v16, where this check first appeared.
This relies on the "location" field added to TransactionStmt in 31de7e6,
now applied to the "gid" field used by 2PC commands. These commands are
now reported like:
COMMIT PREPARED $1
PREPARE TRANSACTION $1
ROLLBACK PREPARED $1
Applying constants for these commands is a huge advantage for workloads
that rely a lot on 2PC commands with different GIDs. Some tests are
added to track the new behavior.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
Store function config settings in lists to avoid the need to parse and
allocate for each function execution.
Speedup is modest but significant. Additionally, this change also
seems cleaner and supports some other performance improvements under
discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04c8592dbd694e4114a3ed87139a7a04e4363030.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Commit 19d8e2308b changed the list of set-of-columns that can be
returned by RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, but didn't update its
"documentation". That was pretty hard to read already, so rewrite to
make it more comprehensible, adding the missing values while at it.
Backpatch to 16, like that commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230809091155.7c7f3gttjk3dj4ze@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
fa88928 has introduced wait_event_names.txt, and some of its entries had
some documentation fields with more information than necessary.
This commit brings back the description of all the wait events to be
consistent with the older stable branches. Five descriptions were
incorrect.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e378989e-1899-643a-dec1-10f691a0a105@gmail.com
Substituting such values in extension scripts facilitated SQL injection
when @extowner@, @extschema@, or @extschema:...@ appeared inside a
quoting construct (dollar quoting, '', or ""). No bundled extension was
vulnerable. Vulnerable uses do appear in a documentation example and in
non-bundled extensions. Hence, the attack prerequisite was an
administrator having installed files of a vulnerable, trusted,
non-bundled extension. Subject to that prerequisite, this enabled an
attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute arbitrary
code as the bootstrap superuser. By blocking this attack in the core
server, there's no need to modify individual extensions. Back-patch to
v11 (all supported versions).
Reported by Micah Gate, Valerie Woolard, Tim Carey-Smith, and Christoph
Berg.
Security: CVE-2023-39417
The use of Memoize was already disabled in normal joins when the join
conditions had volatile functions per the code in
match_opclause_to_indexcol(). Ordinarily, the parameterization for the
inner side of a nested loop will be an Index Scan or at least eventually
lead to an index scan (perhaps nested several joins deep). However, for
lateral joins, that's not the case and seq scans can be parameterized
too, so we can't rely on match_opclause_to_indexcol().
Here we explicitly check the parameterization for volatile functions and
don't consider the generation of a Memoize path when such functions
are present.
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49nHFnHbpepLsv_yF3qkpCS4BdB-v8HoJVv8_=Oat0u_w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was introduced
If MERGE executes an UPDATE action on a table with row-level security,
the code incorrectly applied the WITH CHECK clauses from the target
table's INSERT policies to new rows, instead of the clauses from the
table's UPDATE policies. In addition, it failed to check new rows
against the target table's SELECT policies, if SELECT permissions were
required (likely to always be the case).
In addition, if MERGE executes a DO NOTHING action for matched rows,
the code incorrectly applied the USING clauses from the target table's
DELETE policies to existing target tuples. These policies were applied
as checks that would throw an error, if they did not pass.
Fix this, so that a MERGE UPDATE action applies the same RLS policies
as a plain UPDATE query with a WHERE clause, and a DO NOTHING action
does not apply any RLS checks (other than adding clauses from SELECT
policies to the join).
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Stephen Frost.
Security: CVE-2023-39418
The code in join_search_one_level was a bit convoluted. With a casual
glance, you might think that other_rels_list was being set to something
other than joinrels[1] when level == 2, however, joinrels[level - 1] is
joinrels[1] when level == 2, so nothing special needs to happen to set
other_rels_list. Let's clean that up to avoid confusing anyone.
In passing, we may as well modernize the loop in
make_rels_by_clause_joins() and instead of passing in the ListCell to
start looping from, let's just pass in the index where to start from and
make use of for_each_from(). Ever since 1cff1b95a, Lists are arrays
under the hood. lnext() and list_head() both seem a little too linked-list
like.
Author: Alex Hsieh, David Rowley, Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANWNU8x9P9aCXGF%3DaT-A_8mLTAT0LkcZ_ySYrGbcuHzMQw2-1g%40mail.gmail.com
Here we adjust the costs for WindowAggs so that they properly take into
account how much of their subnode they must read before outputting the
first row. Without this, we always assumed that the startup cost for the
WindowAgg was not much more expensive than the startup cost of its
subnode, however, that's going to be completely wrong in many cases. The
WindowAgg may have to read *all* of its subnode to output a single row
with certain window bound options.
Here we estimate how many rows we'll need to read from the WindowAgg's
subnode and proportionally add more of the subnode's run costs onto the
WindowAgg's startup costs according to how much of it we expect to have to
read in order to produce the first WindowAgg row.
The reason this is more important than we might have initially thought is
that we may end up making use of a path from the lower planner that works
well as a cheap startup plan when the query has a LIMIT clause, however,
the WindowAgg might mean we need to read far more rows than what the LIMIT
specifies.
No backpatch on this so as not to cause plan changes in released
versions.
Bug: #17862
Reported-by: Tim Palmer
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17862-1ab8f74b0f7b0611@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrB0S5BMv+0-wTTqWFE-BJ0noWqTnDu9QQfjZ2VSpLv_g@mail.gmail.com
Both apply and tablesync workers were using ApplyWorkerMain() as entry
point. As the name implies, ApplyWorkerMain() should be considered as
the main function for apply workers. Tablesync worker's path was hidden
and does not have enough in common to share the same main function with
apply worker.
Also, most of the code shared by both worker types is already combined
in LogicalRepApplyLoop(). There is no need to combine the rest in
ApplyWorkerMain() anymore.
This patch introduces TablesyncWorkerMain() as a new entry point for
tablesync workers. This aims to increase code readability and would help
with future improvements like the reuse of tablesync workers in the
initial synchronization.
Author: Melih Mutlu based on suggestions by Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCTq=rUDd4JUdaRc1XUWf4BrH2gdSNf3rtOMUGj9rPpfzQ@mail.gmail.com
Between 6fcda9aba and 1b6f632a3, the pg_strtoint functions became quite
a bit slower in v16, despite efforts in 6b423ec67 to speed these up.
Since the majority of cases for these functions will only contain
base-10 digits, perhaps prefixed by a '-', it makes sense to have a
special case for this and just fall back on the more complex version
which processes hex, octal, binary and underscores if the fast path
version fails to parse the string.
While we're here, update the header comments for these functions to
mention that hex, octal and binary formats along with underscore
separators are now supported.
Author: Andres Freund, David Rowley
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDvDmUQeJtZrau1ovnT_smN940%3DKp6mszNGK3bq9yRN6g%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where 6fcda9aba and 1b6f632a3 were added
This was failing for queries which try to get the .type() of a
jpiLikeRegex. For example:
select jsonb_path_query('["string", "string"]',
'($[0] like_regex ".{7}").type()');
Reported-by: Alexander Kozhemyakin
Bug: #18035
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18035-64af5cdcb5adf2a9@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12, where SQL/JSON path was added.
The previous commit removed the "override" APIs. Surviving APIs facilitate
plancache.c to snapshot search_path and test whether the current value equals
a remembered snapshot.
Aleksander Alekseev. Reported by Alexander Lakhin and Noah Misch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ffb4650-52c4-6a81-38fc-8f99be981130@gmail.com
Two backend routines are added to allow extension to allocate and define
custom wait events, all of these being allocated in the type
"Extension":
* WaitEventExtensionNew(), that allocates a wait event ID computed from
a counter in shared memory.
* WaitEventExtensionRegisterName(), to associate a custom string to the
wait event ID allocated.
Note that this includes an example of how to use this new facility in
worker_spi with tests in TAP for various scenarios, and some
documentation about how to use them.
Any code in the tree that currently uses WAIT_EVENT_EXTENSION could
switch to this new facility to define custom wait events. This is left
as work for future patches.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier, Tristan Partin, Bharath
Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9f5411acda0cf15c8fbb767702ff43e@oss.nttdata.com
These are useful to extract the class ID and the event ID associated to
a single uint32 wait_event_info. Only two code paths use them now, but
an upcoming patch will extend their use.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMcJ7F7nkGkIs8zP@paquier.xyz
Commit e7cb7ee14, which introduced the infrastructure for FDWs and
custom scan providers to replace joins with scans, failed to add support
handling of pseudoconstant quals assigned to replaced joins in
createplan.c, leading to an incorrect plan without a gating Result node
when postgres_fdw replaced a join with such a qual.
To fix, we could add the support by 1) modifying the ForeignPath and
CustomPath structs to store the list of RestrictInfo nodes to apply to
the join, as in JoinPaths, if they represent foreign and custom scans
replacing a join with a scan, and by 2) modifying create_scan_plan() in
createplan.c to use that list in that case, instead of the
baserestrictinfo list, to get pseudoconstant quals assigned to the join;
but #1 would cause an ABI break. So fix by modifying the infrastructure
to just disallow replacing joins with such quals.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Reported by Nishant Sharma. Patch by me, reviewed by Nishant Sharma and
Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADrsxdbcN1vejBaf8a%2BQhrZY5PXL-04mCd4GDu6qm6FigDZd6Q%40mail.gmail.com
Historically, hba.c limited tokens in the authentication configuration
files (pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf) to less than 256 bytes. We have
seen a few reports of this limit causing problems; notably, for
moderately-complex LDAP configurations. Let's get rid of the fixed
limit by using a StringInfo instead of a fixed-size buffer.
This actually takes less code than before, since we can get rid of
a nontrivial error recovery stanza. It's doubtless a hair slower,
but parsing the content of the HBA files should in no way be
performance-critical.
Although this is a pretty straightforward patch, it doesn't seem
worth the risk to back-patch given the small number of complaints
to date. In released branches, we'll just raise MAX_TOKEN to
ameliorate the problem.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1588937.1690221208@sss.pgh.pa.us
9f8377f7a added code to allow COPY FROM insert a column's default value
when the input matches the DEFAULT string specified in the COPY command.
Here we fix some inefficient code which needlessly palloc0'd an array to
store if we should use the default value or input value for the given
column. This array was being palloc0'd and pfree'd once per row. It's
much more efficient to allocate this once and just reset the values once
per row.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDvDmUQeJtZrau1ovnT_smN940%3DKp6mszNGK3bq9yRN6g%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where 9f8377f7a was introduced.
There was already a check on the relation OID, but not its index OID and
the attributes that can be used during the syscache lookups. The two
assertions added by this commit are cheap, and actually useful for
developers to fasten the detection of incorrect data in a new entry
added in the syscache list, as these assertions are triggered during the
initial cache loading (initdb, or just backend startup), not requiring a
syscache that uses the new entry.
While on it, the relation OID check is switched to use OidIsValid().
Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Zhang Mingli, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TOjUTJ0jxvWY6oJeP2-840OF8ch7qscZQsuVuotXTOS_g@mail.gmail.com
In pg_stat_statements, savepoint names now show up as constants with a
parameter symbol, using as base query string the one added as a new
entry to the PGSS hash table, leading to:
RELEASE $1
ROLLBACK TO $1
SAVEPOINT $1
Applying constants to these query parts is a huge advantage for
workloads that generate randomly savepoint points, like ORMs (Django is
at the origin of this patch). The ODBC driver is a second layer that
likes a lot savepoints, though it does not use a random naming pattern.
A "location" field is added to TransactionStmt, now set only for
savepoints. The savepoint name is ignored by the query jumbling. The
location can be extended to other query patterns, if required, like 2PC
commands. Some tests are added to pg_stat_statements for all the query
patterns supported by the parser.
ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT and ROLLBACK TRANSACTION TO SAVEPOINT
have the same Node representation, so all these are equivalents. The
same happens for RELEASE and RELEASE SAVEPOINT.
Author: Greg Sabino Mullane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKAnmm+2s9PA4OaumwMJReWHk8qvJ_-g1WqxDRDAN1BSUfxyTw@mail.gmail.com
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:
JSON()
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()
JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values,
and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.
JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value,
including json and jsonb.
JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis
or represents json or jsonb;
For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.
Catversion bumped as this changes ruleutils.c.
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera,
Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
This is to export datum_to_json(), datum_to_jsonb(), and
jsonb_from_cstring(), though the last one is exported as
jsonb_from_text().
A subsequent commit to add new SQL/JSON constructor functions will
need them for calling from the executor.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230720160252.ldk7jy6jqclxfxkq%40alvherre.pgsql
Commit 5764f611e used dclist_delete_from() to remove the proc from the
wait queue. However, since it doesn't clear dist_node's next/prev to
NULL, it could call RemoveFromWaitQueue() twice: when the process
detects a deadlock and then when cleaning up locks on aborting the
transaction. The waiting lock information is cleared in the first
call, so it led to a crash in the second call.
Backpatch to v16, where the change was introduced.
Bug: #18031
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby, Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZKy4AdrLEfbqrxGJ%40telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18031-ebe2d08cb405f6cc@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 16
This commit adds a few comments about what LWLockWaitForVar() relies on
when a backend waits for a variable update on its LWLocks for WAL
insertions up to an expected LSN.
First, LWLockWaitForVar() does not include a memory barrier, relying on
a spinlock taken at the beginning of WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(). This
was hidden behind two layers of routines in lwlock.c. This assumption
is now documented at the top of LWLockWaitForVar(), and detailed at bit
more within LWLockConflictsWithVar().
Second, document why WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() does not include
memory barriers, relying on a spinlock at its top, which is, per Andres'
input, fine for two different reasons, both depending on the fact that
the caller of WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() is waiting for a LSN up to a
certain value.
This area's documentation and assumptions could be improved more in the
future, but at least that's a beginning.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVF+6jLvqKe6xhDzCCkr=rfd6upaGc3477Pji1Ke9G7Bg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, when selecting an usable index for update/delete for the
REPLICA IDENTITY FULL table, in IsIndexOnlyExpression(), we used to
check if all index fields are not expressions. However, it was not
necessary, because it is enough to check if only the leftmost index
field is not an expression (and references the remote table column)
and this check has already been done by
RemoteRelContainsLeftMostColumnOnIdx().
This commit removes IsIndexOnlyExpression() and
RemoteRelContainsLeftMostColumnOnIdx() and all checks for usable
indexes for REPLICA IDENTITY FULL tables are now performed by
IsIndexUsableForReplicaIdentityFull().
Backpatch this to remain the code consistent.
Reported-by: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Önder Kalacı
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut%2BPsGRE5WSsY0jcLHJEoA17MrbP9yy8FxdjC_ZOAACxbt%2BQ%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
The WAL insertion lock variable insertingAt is currently being read
and written with the help of the LWLock wait list lock to avoid any read
of torn values. This wait list lock can become a point of contention on
a highly concurrent write workloads.
This commit switches insertingAt to a 64b atomic variable that provides
torn-free reads/writes. On platforms without 64b atomic support, the
fallback implementation uses spinlocks to provide the same guarantees
for the values read. LWLockWaitForVar(), through
LWLockConflictsWithVar(), reads the new value to check if it still needs
to wait with a u64 atomic operation. LWLockUpdateVar() updates the
variable before waking up the waiters with an exchange_u64 (full memory
barrier). LWLockReleaseClearVar() now uses also an exchange_u64 to
reset the variable. Before this commit, all these steps relied on
LWLockWaitListLock() and LWLockWaitListUnlock().
This reduces contention on LWLock wait list lock and improves
performance of highly-concurrent write workloads. Here are some
numbers using pg_logical_emit_message() (HEAD at d6677b93) with various
arbitrary record lengths and clients up to 1k on a rather-large machine
(64 vCPUs, 512GB of RAM, 16 cores per sockets, 2 sockets), in terms of
TPS numbers coming from pgbench:
message_size_b | 16 | 64 | 256 | 1024
--------------------+--------+--------+--------+-------
patch_4_clients | 83830 | 82929 | 80478 | 73131
patch_16_clients | 267655 | 264973 | 250566 | 213985
patch_64_clients | 380423 | 378318 | 356907 | 294248
patch_256_clients | 360915 | 354436 | 326209 | 263664
patch_512_clients | 332654 | 321199 | 287521 | 240128
patch_1024_clients | 288263 | 276614 | 258220 | 217063
patch_2048_clients | 252280 | 243558 | 230062 | 192429
patch_4096_clients | 212566 | 213654 | 205951 | 166955
head_4_clients | 83686 | 83766 | 81233 | 73749
head_16_clients | 266503 | 265546 | 249261 | 213645
head_64_clients | 366122 | 363462 | 341078 | 261707
head_256_clients | 132600 | 132573 | 134392 | 165799
head_512_clients | 118937 | 114332 | 116860 | 150672
head_1024_clients | 133546 | 115256 | 125236 | 151390
head_2048_clients | 137877 | 117802 | 120909 | 138165
head_4096_clients | 113440 | 115611 | 120635 | 114361
Bharath has been measuring similar improvements, where the limit of the
WAL insertion lock begins to be felt when more than 256 concurrent
clients are involved in this specific workload.
An extra patch has been discussed to introduce a fast-exit path in
LWLockUpdateVar() when there are no waiters, still this does not
influence the write-heavy workload cases discussed as there are always
waiters. This will be considered separately.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVF+6jLvqKe6xhDzCCkr=rfd6upaGc3477Pji1Ke9G7Bg@mail.gmail.com
We include the message type while displaying an error context in the
apply worker. Now, while retrieving the message type string if the
message type is unknown we throw an error that will hide the original
error. So, instead, we need to simply return the string indicating an
unknown message type.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Author: Euler Taveira, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAExHW5suAEDW-mBZt_qu4RVxWZ1vL54-L+ci2zreYWebpzxYsA@mail.gmail.com
Due to the bug LimitAdditionalPins() could return 0, violating
LimitAdditionalPins()'s API ("One additional pin is always allowed"). This
could be hit when setting shared_buffers very low and using a fair amount of
concurrency.
This bug was introduced in 31966b151e.
Author: "Anton A. Melnikov" <aamelnikov@inbox.ru>
Reported-by: "Anton A. Melnikov" <aamelnikov@inbox.ru>
Reported-by: Victoria Shepard
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae46f2fb-5586-3de0-b54b-1bb0f6410ebd@inbox.ru
Backpatch: 16-
After 3c90dcd03, try_partitionwise_join's child_joinrelids
variable is read only in an Assert, provoking a compiler
warning in non-assert builds. Rearrange code to avoid the
warning and eliminate unnecessary work in the non-assert case.
Per CI testing (via Jeff Davis and Bharath Rupireddy)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0de9713e605451f1b60b30648c5ee900b2394c.camel@j-davis.com
Applying add_outer_joins_to_relids() to a child join doesn't actually
work, even if we've built a SpecialJoinInfo specialized to the child,
because that function will also compare the join's relids to elements
of the main join_info_list, which only deal in regular relids not
child relids. This mistake escaped detection by the existing
partitionwise join tests because they didn't test any cases where
add_outer_joins_to_relids() needs to add additional OJ relids (that
is, any cases where join reordering per identity 3 is possible).
Instead, let's apply adjust_child_relids() to the relids of the parent
join. This requires minor code reordering to collect the relevant
AppendRelInfo structures first, but that's work we'd do shortly anyway.
Report and fix by Richard Guo; cosmetic changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49NCNbyubZWgci3o=_OTY=snCfAPtMnM-32f3mm-K-Ckw@mail.gmail.com
b6e1157e7d made some changes to enforce that
JsonValueExpr.formatted_expr is always set and is the expression that
gives a JsonValueExpr its runtime value, but that's not really
apparent from the comments about and the code manipulating
formatted_expr. This commit fixes that.
Per suggestion from Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230718155313.3wqg6encgt32adqb%40alvherre.pgsql
If both the passed-in plan pointer and plansource->gplan are
NULL, CachedPlanIsSimplyValid would think that the plan pointer
is possibly-valid and try to dereference it. For the one extant
call site in plpgsql, this situation doesn't normally happen
which is why we've not noticed. However, it appears to be possible
if the previous use of the cached plan failed, as per report from
Justin Pryzby. Add an extra check to prevent crashing.
Back-patch to v13 where this code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZLlV+STFz1l/WhAQ@telsasoft.com
This adds the X509 attributes notBefore and notAfter to sslinfo
as well as pg_stat_ssl to allow verifying and identifying the
validity period of the current client certificate.
Author: Cary Huang <cary.huang@highgo.ca>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/182b8565486.10af1a86f158715.2387262617218380588@highgo.ca
This essentially removes the JsonbTypeCategory enum and
jsonb_categorize_type() and integrates any jsonb-specific logic that
was in jsonb_categorize_type() into json_categorize_type(), now
moved to jsonfuncs.c. The remaining JsonTypeCategory enum and
json_categorize_type() cover the needs of the callers in both json.c
and jsonb.c. json_categorize_type() has grown a new parameter named
is_jsonb for callers to engage the jsonb-specific behavior of
json_categorize_type().
One notable change in the now exported API of json_categorize_type()
is that it now always returns *outfuncoid even though a caller may
have no need currently to see one.
This is in preparation of later commits to implement additional
SQL/JSON functions.
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
Based on how postgres.h foes the Oid <-> Datum conversion, there is no
existing bugs but let's be consistent. 17 spots have been noticed as
incorrectly passing down Oids rather than Datums. Aleksander got one,
Zhang two and I the rest.
Author: Michael Paquier, Aleksander Alekseev, Zhang Mingli
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZLUhqsqQN1MOaxdw@paquier.xyz
b5913f6120 added a parenthesized syntax for CLUSTER, but it
requires specifying a table name. This is unlike commands such as
VACUUM and ANALYZE, which do not require specifying a table in the
parenthesized syntax. This change resolves this inconsistency.
This is preparatory work for a follow-up commit that will move the
unparenthesized syntax to the "Compatibility" section of the
CLUSTER documentation.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bc5uHieG1976kGqJKxyWtyQt9yvktjsVX%2Bi7NOigDjOA%40mail.gmail.com
This change moves the unparenthesized syntax for CLUSTER to the end
of the ClusterStmt rules in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will move this syntax to the "Compatibility" section of the CLUSTER
documentation. The documentation for the CLUSTER syntaxes has also
been consolidated.
Suggested-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bc5uHieG1976kGqJKxyWtyQt9yvktjsVX%2Bi7NOigDjOA%40mail.gmail.com
This has been missed in cb0cca1, noticed before buildfarm member koel
has been able to complain while poking at a different patch. Like the
other commit, backpatch all the way down to limit the odds of merge
conflicts.
Backpatch-through: 11
A crash in the middle of a checkpoint with some two-phase state data
already flushed to disk by this checkpoint could cause a follow-up crash
recovery to recover twice the same transaction, once from what has been
found in pg_twophase/ at the beginning of recovery and a second time
when replaying its corresponding record.
This would lead to FATAL failures in the startup process during
recovery, where the same transaction would have a state recovered twice
instead of once:
LOG: recovering prepared transaction 731 from shared memory
LOG: recovering prepared transaction 731 from shared memory
FATAL: lock ExclusiveLock on object 731/0/0 is already held
This issue is fixed by skipping the addition of any 2PC state coming
from a record whose equivalent 2PC state file has already been loaded in
TwoPhaseState at the beginning of recovery by restoreTwoPhaseData(),
which is OK as long as the system has not reached a consistent state.
The timing to get a messed up recovery processing is very racy, and
would very unlikely happen. The thread that has reported the issue has
demonstrated the bug using injection points to force a PANIC in the
middle of a checkpoint.
Issue introduced in 728bd99, so backpatch all the way down.
Reported-by: "suyu.cmj" <mengjuan.cmj@alibaba-inc.com>
Author: "suyu.cmj" <mengjuan.cmj@alibaba-inc.com>
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/109e6994-b971-48cb-84f6-829646f18b4c.mengjuan.cmj@alibaba-inc.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Here we reduce the block size fields in AllocSetContext, GenerationContext
and SlabContext from Size down to uint32. Ever since c6e0fe1f2, blocks
for non-dedicated palloc chunks can no longer be larger than 1GB, so
there's no need to store the various block size fields as 64-bit values.
32 bits are enough to store 2^30.
Here we also further reduce the memory context struct sizes by getting rid
of the 'keeper' field which stores a pointer to the context's keeper
block. All the context types which have this field always allocate the
keeper block in the same allocation as the memory context itself, so the
keeper block always comes right at the end of the context struct. Add
some macros to calculate that address rather than storing it in the
context.
Overall, in AllocSetContext and GenerationContext, this saves 20 bytes on
64-bit builds which for ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES can sometimes mean the
difference between having to allocate a 2nd block and storing all the
required allocations on the keeper block alone. Such contexts are used
in relcache to store cache entries for indexes, of which there can be
a large number in a single backend.
Author: Melih Mutlu
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCSOW3uJ1QJmsMR9_oE3X7fG_z4q0AoU4R_w+2RzvroPFg@mail.gmail.com
If the plan itself is parallel-safe, and the initPlans are too,
there's no reason anymore to prevent the plan from being marked
parallel-safe. That restriction (dating to commit ab77a5a45) was
really a special case of the fact that we couldn't transmit subplans
to parallel workers at all. We fixed that in commit 5e6d8d2bb and
follow-ons, but this case never got addressed.
We still forbid attaching initPlans to a Gather node that's
inserted pursuant to debug_parallel_query = regress. That's because,
when we hide the Gather from EXPLAIN output, we'd hide the initPlans
too, causing cosmetic regression diffs. It seems inadvisable to
kluge EXPLAIN to the extent required to make the output look the
same, so just don't do it in that case.
Along the way, this also takes care of some sloppiness about updating
path costs to match when we move initplans from one place to another
during createplan.c and setrefs.c. Since all the planning decisions
are already made by that point, this is just cosmetic; but it seems
good to keep EXPLAIN output consistent with where the initplans are.
The diff in query_planner() might be worth remarking on. I found that
one because after fixing things to allow parallel-safe initplans, one
partition_prune test case changed plans (as shown in the patch) ---
but only when debug_parallel_query was active. The reason proved to
be that we only bothered to mark Result nodes as potentially
parallel-safe when debug_parallel_query is on. This neglects the fact
that parallel-safety may be of interest for a sub-query even though
the Result itself doesn't parallelize.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1129530.1681317832@sss.pgh.pa.us
We are capable of optimizing MIN() and MAX() aggregates on indexed
columns into subqueries that exploit the index, rather than the normal
thing of scanning the whole table. When we do this, we replace the
Aggref node(s) with Params referencing subquery outputs. Such Params
really ought to be included in the per-plan-node extParam/allParam
sets computed by SS_finalize_plan. However, we've never done so
up to now because of an ancient implementation choice to perform
that substitution during set_plan_references, which runs after
SS_finalize_plan, so that SS_finalize_plan never sees these Params.
This seems like clearly a bug, yet there have been no field reports
of problems that could trace to it. This may be because the types
of Plan nodes that could contain Aggrefs do not have any of the
rescan optimizations that are controlled by extParam/allParam.
Nonetheless it seems certain to bite us someday, so let's fix it
in a self-contained patch that can be back-patched if we find a
case in which there's a live bug pre-v17.
The cleanest fix would be to perform a separate tree walk to do
these substitutions before SS_finalize_plan runs. That seems
unattractive, first because a whole-tree mutation pass is expensive,
and second because we lack infrastructure for visiting expression
subtrees in a Plan tree, so that we'd need a new function knowing
as much as SS_finalize_plan knows about that. I also considered
swapping the order of SS_finalize_plan and set_plan_references,
but that fell foul of various assumptions that seem tricky to fix.
So the approach adopted here is to teach SS_finalize_plan itself
to check for such Aggrefs. I refactored things a bit in setrefs.c
to avoid having three copies of the code that does that.
Given the lack of any currently-known bug, no test case here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2391880.1689025003@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before, if you went past about 64M array elements in array_agg() and
allied functions, you got a generic "invalid memory alloc request
size" error. This patch replaces that with "array size exceeds the
maximum allowed", which seems more user-friendly since it points you
to needing to reduce the size of your array result. (This is the
same error text you'd get from construct_md_array in the event of
overrunning the maximum physical size for the finished array.)
Per question from Shaozhong Shi. Since this hasn't come up often,
I don't feel a need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+i5JwYtVS9z2E71PcNKAVPbOn4R2wuj-LqbJsYr_XOz73q7dQ@mail.gmail.com
In a61b1f7482, we failed to update transformFromClauseItem() and
buildNSItemFromLists() to set ParseNamespaceItem.p_perminfo causing
it to point to garbage.
Pointed out by Tom Lane.
Reported-by: Farias de Oliveira <matheusfarias519@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3173476.1689286373%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 16
Presently, the privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION checks
whether the original authenticated role was a superuser at
connection start time. Even if the role loses the superuser
attribute, its existing sessions are permitted to change session
authorization to any role.
This commit modifies this privilege check to verify the original
authenticated role currently has superuser. In the event that the
authenticated role loses superuser within a session authorization
change, the authorization change will remain in effect, which means
the user can still take advantage of the target role's privileges.
However, [RE]SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION will only permit switching
to the original authenticated role.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHc-HHzONQ2oXdvhFF9ayRnidPwK%2BfVBhRzaBWYYLVQL-g%40mail.gmail.com
Presently, the privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION is
performed in session_authorization's assign_hook. A relevant
comment states, "It's OK because the check does not require catalog
access and can't fail during an end-of-transaction GUC
reversion..." However, we plan to add a catalog lookup to this
privilege check in a follow-up commit.
This commit moves this privilege check to the check_hook for
session_authorization. Like check_role(), we do not throw a hard
error for insufficient privileges when the source is PGC_S_TEST.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHc-HHzONQ2oXdvhFF9ayRnidPwK%2BfVBhRzaBWYYLVQL-g%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 89e46da5e5 allowed using BTREE indexes that are neither
PRIMARY KEY nor REPLICA IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of
update/delete. This patch extends that functionality to also allow HASH
indexes.
We explored supporting other index access methods as well but they don't
have a fixed strategy for equality operation which is required by the
current infrastructure in logical replication to scan the indexes.
Author: Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58669D7414E59664E17A5827F522A@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
RelationReloadIndexInfo() is a fast-path used for index reloads in the
relation cache, and it has always forgotten about updating
indisreplident, which is something that would happen after an index is
selected for a replica identity. This can lead to incorrect cache
information provided when executing a command in a transaction context
that updates indisreplident.
None of the code paths currently on HEAD that need to check upon
pg_index.indisreplident fetch its value from the relation cache, always
relying on a fresh copy on the syscache. Unfortunately, this may not be
the case of out-of-core code, that could see out-of-date value.
Author: Shruthi Gowda
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAASxf_PBcxax0wW-3gErUyftZ0XrCs3Lrpuhq4-Z3Fak1DoW7Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
indisvalid is switched to true for partitioned indexes when all its
partitions have valid indexes when attaching a new partition, up to the
top-most parent if all its leaves are themselves valid when dealing with
multiple layers of partitions.
The copy of the tuple from pg_index used to switch indisvalid to true
came from the relation cache, which is incorrect. Particularly, in the
case reported by Shruthi Gowda, executing a series of commands in a
single transaction would cause the validation of partitioned indexes to
use an incorrect version of a pg_index tuple, as indexes are reloaded
after an invalidation request with RelationReloadIndexInfo(), a much
faster version than a full index cache rebuild. In this case, the
limited information updated in the cache leads to an incorrect version
of the tuple used. One of the symptoms reported was the following
error, with a replica identity update, for instance:
"ERROR: attempted to update invisible tuple"
This is incorrect since 8b08f7d, so backpatch all the way down.
Reported-by: Shruthi Gowda
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Shruthi Gowda, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAASxf_PBcxax0wW-3gErUyftZ0XrCs3Lrpuhq4-Z3Fak1DoW7Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
The "fsync" level already flushes drive write caches on Windows (as does
"fdatasync"), so it only confuses matters to have an apparently higher
level that isn't actually different at all.
That leaves "fsync_writethrough" only for macOS, where it actually does
something different.
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ2CG2SouPv2mca2WCTOJxYumvBARRcKPraFMB6GSEMcA%40mail.gmail.com
The contents of the line whose parsing failed was not reported in the
error message produced by generate-wait_event_types.pl, making harder
than necessary the debugging of incorrectly-shaped entries in the file.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZK9S3jFEV1X797Ll@paquier.xyz
The double quotes used for the wait event names are not required, as
the values quoted are made of single words. The files generated by
generate-wait_event_types.pl (pgstat_wait_event.c, wait_event_types.h
and wait_event_types.sgml) are exactly the same before and after this
commit, hence the wait event names and the enum elements have the same
names as before.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZK9S3jFEV1X797Ll@paquier.xyz
Until now, when DROP DATABASE got interrupted in the wrong moment, the removal
of the pg_database row would also roll back, even though some irreversible
steps have already been taken. E.g. DropDatabaseBuffers() might have thrown
out dirty buffers, or files could have been unlinked. But we continued to
allow connections to such a corrupted database.
To fix this, mark databases invalid with an in-place update, just before
starting to perform irreversible steps. As we can't add a new column in the
back branches, we use pg_database.datconnlimit = -2 for this purpose.
An invalid database cannot be connected to anymore, but can still be
dropped.
Unfortunately we can't easily add output to psql's \l to indicate that some
database is invalid, it doesn't fit in any of the existing columns.
Add tests verifying that a interrupted DROP DATABASE is handled correctly in
the backend and in various tools.
Reported-by: Evgeny Morozov <postgresql3@realityexists.net>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230509004637.cgvmfwrbht7xm7p6@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230314174521.74jl6ffqsee5mtug@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, bug present in all supported versions
When vac_truncate_clog() encounters bogus datfrozenxid / datminmxid values, it
returns early. Unfortunately, until now, it did not release
WrapLimitsVacuumLock. If the backend later tries to acquire
WrapLimitsVacuumLock, the session / autovacuum worker hangs in an
uncancellable way. Similarly, other sessions will hang waiting for the
lock. However, if the backend holding the lock exited or errored out for some
reason, the lock was released.
The bug was introduced as a side effect of 566372b3d6.
It is interesting that there are no production reports of this problem. That
is likely due to a mix of bugs leading to bogus values having gotten less
common, process exit releasing locks and instances of hangs being hard to
debug for "normal" users.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230621221208.vhsqgduwfpzwxnpg@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit 89e46da5e allowed REPLICA IDENTITY FULL tables to use an index
on the subscriber during apply of update/delete. This commit clarifies
in the documentation that the leftmost field of candidate indexes must
be a column (not an expression) that references the published relation
column.
The source code comments are also updated accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDJjffEvUFKXT27Q5U8-UU9JHv4rrJ9Ke8Zkc5UPWHLvA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
A CaseTestExpr is currently being put into
JsonValueExpr.formatted_expr as placeholder for the result of
evaluating JsonValueExpr.raw_expr, which in turn is evaluated
separately. Though, there's no need for this indirection if
raw_expr itself can be embedded into formatted_expr and evaluated
as part of evaluating the latter, especially as there is no
special reason to evaluate it separately. So this commit makes it
so. As a result, JsonValueExpr.raw_expr no longer needs to be
evaluated in ExecInterpExpr(), eval_const_exprs_mutator() etc. and
is now only used for displaying the original "unformatted"
expression in ruleutils.c.
While at it, this also removes the function makeCaseTestExpr(),
because the code in makeJsonConstructorExpr() looks more readable
without it IMO and isn't used by anyone else either.
Finally, a note is added in the comment above CaseTestExpr's
definition that JsonConstructorExpr is also using it.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
The first check on the enum values was not necessary as the values set
in wait_event_names.txt for the classes LWLock and Lock were able to
satisfy the check. The second check when generating the C and header
files is now based on a match of the class names, making it simpler to
understand.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eaf82a85c0ef1b55dc3b651d3f7b867a@oss.nttdata.com
The special handling of negative attribute numbers in
ATExecAddColumn() was introduced to support SET WITH OIDS (commit
6d1e361852). But that feature doesn't exist anymore, so we can revert
to the previous, simpler version. In passing, also remove an obsolete
comment about OID support.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da@eisentraut.org
Previously we only allowed unique B-tree constraints on partitions
(and only if the constraint included all the partition keys). But we
could allow exclusion constraints with the same restriction. We also
require that those columns be compared for equality, not something
like &&.
Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ec8b1d9b-502e-d1f8-e909-1bf9dffe6fa5@illuminatedcomputing.com
This commit adds two columns: indexes_total and indexes_processed, to
pg_stat_progress_vacuum system view to show the index vacuum
progress. These numbers are reported in the "vacuuming indexes" and
"cleaning up indexes" phases.
This uses the new parallel message type for progress reporting added
by be06506e7.
Bump catversion because this changes the definition of
pg_stat_progress_vacuum.
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
This commit adds a new type of parallel message 'P' to allow a
parallel worker to poke at a leader to update the progress.
Currently it supports only incremental progress reporting but it's
possible to allow for supporting of other backend progress APIs in the
future.
There are no users of this new message type as of this commit. That
will follow in future commits.
Idea from Andres Freund.
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
Windows has similar functions with leading underscores. Previously, we
provided the rename via a macro in win32_port.h. In fact its functions
are not always good replacements for the Unix functions, since they
can't deal with UTF-8. They are only currently used by pg_locale.c,
which is careful to redirect to other Windows routines for UTF-8. Given
that portability hazard, it seem unlikely to be a good idea to encourage
any other code to think of these functions as being available outside
pg_locale.c. Any code that thinks it wants these functions probably
wants our wchar2char() or char2wchar() routines instead, or it won't
actually work on Windows in UTF-8 databases.
Furthermore, some major libc implementations including glibc don't have
them (they only have the standard variants without _l), so external code
is very unlikely to require them to exist.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2Bt_CHPzEoPnKyARJBJgE9-GxNajJo6ZuSfRK_KWFO%2B6w%40mail.gmail.com
Since PostgresMain calls sigsetjmp, any local variables that are not
marked "volatile" have a risk of unspecified behavior. In practice
this means that when control returns via longjmp, such variables might
get reset to their values as of the time of sigsetjmp, depending on
whether the compiler chose to put them in registers or on the stack.
We were careful about this for "send_ready_for_query", but not the
other local variables.
In the case of the timeout_enabled flags, resetting them to
their initial "false" states is actually good, since we do
"disable_all_timeouts()" in the longjmp cleanup code path. If that
does not happen, we risk uselessly calling "disable_timeout()" later,
which is harmless but a little bit expensive. Let's explicitly reset
these flags so that the behavior is correct and platform-independent.
(This change means that we really don't need the new "volatile"
markings after all, but let's install them anyway since any change
in this logic could re-introduce a problem.)
There is no issue for "firstchar" and "input_message" because those
are explicitly reinitialized each time through the query processing
loop. To make that clearer, move them to be declared inside the loop.
That leaves us with all the function-lifespan locals except the
sigjmp_buf itself marked as volatile, which seems like a good policy
to have going forward.
Because of the possibility of extra disable_timeout() calls, this
seems worth back-patching.
Sergey Shinderuk and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2eda015b-7dff-47fd-d5e2-f1a9899b90a6@postgrespro.ru
changeDependencyFor() returns the number of pg_depend entries changed,
or 0 if there is a problem. The callers of this routine expect only one
dependency to change, but they did not check for the result returned.
The following code paths gain checks:
- Namespace for extensions.
- Namespace for various object types (see AlterObjectNamespace).
- Planner support function for a function.
Some existing error messages related to all that are reworded to be more
consistent with the project style, and the new error messages added
follow the same style. This change has exposed one bug fixed a bit
earlier with bd5ddbe.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Akshat Jaimini
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZJzD/rn+UbloKjB7@paquier.xyz
As coded, the code would use as a base comparison the namespace OID from
the first object scanned in pg_depend when switching its namespace
dependency entry to the new one, and use it as a base of comparison for
any follow-up checks. It would also be used as the old namespace OID to
switch *from* for the extension's pg_depend entry. Hence, if the first
object scanned has a namespace different than the one stored in the
extension, we would finish by:
- Not checking that the extension objects map with the extension's
schema.
- Not switching the extension -> namespace dependency entry to the new
namespace provided by the user, making ALTER EXTENSION ineffective.
This issue exists since this command has been introduced in d9572c4 for
relocatable extension, so backpatch all the way down to 11. The test
case has been provided by Heikki, that I have tweaked a bit to show the
effects on pg_depend for the extension.
Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20eea594-a05b-4c31-491b-007b6fceef28@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: 11
Comments in src/backend/libpq/auth.c say: (after successfully finding
the final DN to check the user-supplied password against)
/* Unbind and disconnect from the LDAP server */
and later
/*
* Need to re-initialize the LDAP connection, so that we can bind to
* it with a different username.
*/
But the protocol actually permits multiple subsequent authentications
("binds") over a single connection.
So, it seems like the whole connection re-initialization thing was
just a confusion and can be safely removed, thus saving quite a few
network round-trips, especially for the case of ldaps/starttls.
Author: Anatoly Zaretsky <anatoly.zaretsky@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALbq6kmJ-1+58df4B51ctPfTOSyPbY8Qi2=ct8oR=i4TamkUoQ@mail.gmail.com
locale_t is defined by POSIX.1-2008 and SUSv4, and available on all
targeted systems. For Windows, win32_port.h redirects to a partial
implementation called _locale_t. We can now remove a lot of
compile-time tests for HAVE_LOCALE_T, and associated comments and dead
code branches that were needed for older computers.
Since configure + MinGW builds didn't detect locale_t but now we assume
that all systems have it, further inconsistencies among the 3 Windows build
systems were revealed. With this commit, we no longer define
HAVE_WCSTOMBS_L and HAVE_MBSTOWCS_L on any Windows build system, but
we have logic to deal with that so that replacements are available where
appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLg7_T2GKwZFAkEf0V7vbnur-NfCjZPKZb%3DZfAXSV1ORw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 19d8e2308b allowed a weaker check for HOT with summarizing
indexes, but it did not update README.HOT. So do that now.
Patch by Matthias van de Meent, minor changes by me. Backpatch to 16,
where the optimization was introduced.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WiEOm8V+c9kUeYp2BPhbEc5s473fUf51xNeqvSFGv44Ew@mail.gmail.com
We create a file, so we better WAL-log it. In practice, all the
built-in index AMs and all extensions that I'm aware of write a
metapage to the init fork, which is WAL-logged, and replay of the
metapage implicitly creates the fork too. But if ambuildempty() didn't
write any page, we would miss it.
This can be seen with dummy_index_am. Set up replication, create a
'dummy_index_am' index on an unlogged table, and look at the files
created in the replica: the init fork is not created on the
replica. Dummy_index_am doesn't do anything with the relation files,
however, so it doesn't lead to any user-visible errors.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6e5bbc08-cdfc-b2b3-9e23-1a914b9850a9%40iki.fi
This is useful to show the allocation state of huge pages when setting
up a server with "huge_pages = try", where allocating huge pages would
be attempted but the server would continue its startup sequence even if
the allocation fails. The effective status of huge pages is not easily
visible without OS-level tools (or for instance, a lookup at
/proc/N/smaps), and the environments where Postgres runs may not
authorize that. Like the other GUCs related to huge pages, this works
for Linux and Windows.
This GUC can report as values:
- "on", if huge pages were allocated.
- "off", if huge pages were not allocated.
- "unknown", a special state that could only be seen when using for
example postgres -C because it is only possible to know if the shared
memory allocation worked after we can check for the GUC values, even if
checking a runtime-computed GUC. This value should never be seen when
querying for the GUC on a running server. An assertion is added to
check that.
The discussion has also turned around having a new function to grab this
status, but this would have required more tricks for -DEXEC_BACKEND,
something that GUCs already handle.
Noriyoshi Shinoda has initiated the thread that has led to the result of
this commit.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB1152EBB0D271F827E2E37A01EECC9@TU4PR8401MB1152.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
The header file wait_event_types.h was generated without a newline at
its end, which was inconsistent with all the other things generated
automatically.
Per offline gripe from Nathan Bossart.
This commit reverts the work done by commits 3ba59ccc89 and 72e78d831a.
Those commits were incorrect in asserting that we never acquire any other
heavy-weight lock after acquring page lock other than relation extension
lock. We can acquire a lock on catalogs while doing catalog look up after
acquring page lock.
This won't impact any existing feature but we need to think some other way
to achieve this before parallelizing other write operations or even
improving the parallelism in vacuum (like allowing multiple workers
for an index).
Reported-by: Jaime Casanova
Author: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5jffnRKNvRHKQ0LynRb0RJC-o4P8Ku3x9vGAVLwDBWumQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit comes as a continuation of the discussion that has led to
d522b05, as \v was handled inconsistently when parsing array values or
anything going through the parsers, and changing a parser behavior in
stable branches is a scary thing to do. The parsing of array values now
uses the more central scanner_isspace() and array_isspace() is removed.
As pointing out by Peter Eisentraut, fix a confusing reference to
horizontal space in the parsers with the term "horiz_space". \f was
included in this set since 3cfdd8f from 2000, but it is not horizontal.
"horiz_space" is renamed to "non_newline_space", to refer to all
whitespace characters except newlines.
The changes impact the parsers for the backend, psql, seg, cube, ecpg
and replication commands. Note that JSON should not escape \v, as per
RFC 7159, so these are not touched.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZJKcjNwWHHvw9ksQ@paquier.xyz
llvm_release_context() called llvm_enter_fatal_on_oom(), but was missing
the corresponding llvm_leave_fatal_on_oom() call. As a result, if JIT was
used at all, we were almost always in the "fatal-on-oom" state.
It only makes a difference if you use an extension written in C++, and
run out of memory in a C++ 'new' call. In that case, you would get a
PostgreSQL FATAL error, instead of the default behavior of throwing a
C++ exception.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/54b78cca-bc84-dad8-4a7e-5b56f764fab5@iki.fi
Most, but not all, of our "/*----" style comments have an end-guard
line with dashes at the end of the comment. However, pgindent doesn't
care about the end-guards, so they mostly just waste screen
space. Going forward, let's not require end-guards.
Remove a broken end-guard in a comment in walsender.c that led me to
think about this. Remove the end guard from another comment in
walsender.c for consistency, so that we use the same style in all
comments in the file.
However, we have thousands of existing "/*----" comments the repository,
so it's not worth the code churn to change them all.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/fb083c91-d490-3b65-25f3-05e9118b6b0d%40iki.fi
BuildEventTriggerCache sets up a context "EventTriggerCache" which
house a hash named "Event Trigger Cache", which in turn creates a
context with the table name. This generated log output for memory
context dumps like below:
LOG: level: 2; EventTriggerCache: 8192 total in 1 blocks; 7928 free (4 chunks); 264 used
LOG: level: 3; Event Trigger Cache: 8192 total in 1 blocks; 2616 free (0 chunks); 5576 used
This renames the hash to ensure that the hash context has a unique
name for easier log reading and debugging.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5EDC969E-CAE3-4CBD-965E-3B8A1294CFA4@yesql.se
Commit 7b64e4b3 taught DropSubscription() to drop stats entry of
subscription that is not associated with a replication slot for apply
worker at DROP SUBSCRIPTION but missed covering the case where the
subscription is not associated with replication slots for both apply
worker and tablesync worker.
Also add a test to verify that the stats for slot-less subscription is
removed at DROP SUBSCRIPTION time.
Backpatch down to 15.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Hayato Kuroda, Melih Mutlu, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoB71zkP7uPT7JDPsZcvp0749ExEQnOJxeNKPDFisHar+w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
The documentation and the code is generated automatically from a new
file called wait_event_names.txt, formatted in sections dedicated to
each wait event class (Timeout, Lock, IO, etc.) with three tab-separated
fields:
- C symbol in enums
- Format in the system views
- Description in the docs
Using this approach has several advantages, as we have proved to be
rather bad in maintaining this area of the tree across the years:
- The order of each item in the documentation and the code, which should
be alphabetical, has become incorrect multiple times, and the script
generating the code and documentation has a few rules to enforce that,
making the maintenance a no-brainer.
- Some wait events were added to the code, but not documented, so this
cannot be missed now.
- The order of the tables for each wait event class is enforced in the
documentation (the input .txt file does so as well for clarity, though
this is not mandatory).
- Less code, shaving 1.2k lines from the tree, with 1/3 of the savings
coming from the code, the rest from the documentation.
The wait event types "Lock" and "LWLock" still have their own code path
for their code, hence only the documentation is created for them. These
classes are listed with a special marker called WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY in
the input file.
Adding a new wait event now requires only an update of
wait_event_names.txt, with "Lock" and "LWLock" treated as exceptions.
This commit has been tested with configure/Makefile, the CI and VPATH
build. clean, distclean and maintainer-clean were working fine.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
Clear any potential stale next_phase_at value from the snapshot
builder which otherwise may trip an assertion check ensuring
that there is no next_phase_at value.
This can be reproduced by running 80 concurrent sessions like
the below where $c is a loop counter (assumes there has been
1..$c databases created) :
echo "
CREATE TABLE replication_example(id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
somedata int,
text varchar(120));
SELECT 'init' FROM
pg_create_logical_replication_slot('regression_slot_$c',
'test_decoding');
SELECT data FROM
pg_logical_slot_get_changes('regression_slot_$c', NULL,
NULL, 'include-xids', '0',
'skip-empty-xacts', '1');
" | psql -d regress_$c >>psql.log &
Backpatch down to v16.
Bug: #17695
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reported-by: bowenshi <zxwsbg@qq.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17695-6be9277c9295985f@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: v16
If you create a table and don't insert any data into it, the relation file
is never fsync'd. You don't lose data, because an empty table doesn't have
any data to begin with, but if you crash and lose the file, subsequent
operations on the table will fail with "could not open file" error.
To fix, register an fsync request in mdcreate(), like we do for mdwrite().
Per discussion, we probably should also fsync the containing directory
after creating a new file. But that's a separate and much wider issue.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d47d8122-415e-425c-d0a2-e0160829702d%40iki.fi
Previously an "amcanorderbyop" index would only be used when the index
could provide sorted results which satisfied all query_pathkeys. Here
we relax this so that we also allow these indexes to be considered by the
planner when they only provide partially sorted results. This allows the
planner to later consider making use of an Incremental Sort to satisfy the
remaining pathkeys. This change is particularly useful for KNN-type
queries which contain a LIMIT clause and an additional ORDER BY clause for
a non-indexed column.
Author: Miroslav Bendik
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPoEpV0QYDtzjwamwWUBqyWpaCVbJV2d6qOD7Uy09bWn47PJtw%40mail.gmail.com
It's OK to be lazy about re-binning memory segments when allocating,
because that can only leave segments in a bin that's too high. We'll
search higher bins if necessary while allocating next time, and
also eventually re-bin, so no memory can become unreachable that way.
However, when freeing memory, the largest contiguous range of free pages
might go up, so we should re-bin eagerly to make sure we don't leave the
segment in a bin that is too low for get_best_segment() to find.
The re-binning code is moved into a function of its own, so it can be
called whenever free pages are returned to the segment's free page map.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Author: Dongming Liu <ldming101@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAL1p7e8LzB2LSeAXo2pXCW4%2BRya9s0sJ3G_ReKOU%3DAjSUWjHWQ%40mail.gmail.com
Prior to this, Bitmapsets could contain trailing words which had no
members set. Many places in bitmapset.c had to loop over trailing words
to check for empty words. If we ensure we always remove these trailing
zero words then we can perform various optimizations such as fast
pathing bms_is_subset to return false when 'a' has more words than 'b'.
A similar optimization is possible in bms_equal. Both of these together
can yield quite significant performance increases in the query planner
when querying a partitioned table with around 100 or more partitions.
While we're at it, since the minimum number of words a Bitmapset can
contain is 1, we can make use of do/while loops instead of for loops
when looping over all words in a set. This means checking the loop
condition 1 less time, which for single-word sets cuts the loop
condition checks in half.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Yuya Watari
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr5O41MuUjw0DQKqmAnv7QqvmLqXReEd5o4nXTzWp8-+w@mail.gmail.com
This commit increases the size of the bgw_library_name member of
the BackgroundWorker struct from BGW_MAXLEN (96) bytes to MAXPGPATH
(default of 1024) bytes so that it can store longer file names
(e.g., absolute paths).
Author: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQyjFV5Y8tG5QgUb6gjteL4S3p%2B1gcyqWTqigyM93WZ9Pg%40mail.gmail.com
The ginfast.c code previously checked for conflicts in before locking
the relevant buffer, leaving a window where a RW conflict could be
missed. Re-order.
There was also a place where buffer ID and block number were confused
while trying to predicate-lock a page, noted by visual inspection.
Back-patch to all supported releases. Fixes one more problem discovered
with the reproducer from bug #17949, in this case when Dmitry tried
other index types.
Reported-by: Artem Anisimov <artem.anisimov.255@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17949-a0f17035294a55e2%40postgresql.org
When performing a bitmap heap scan, we don't want to miss concurrent
writes that occurred after we observed the heap's rs_nblocks, but before
we took predicate locks on index pages. Therefore, we can't skip
fetching any heap tuples that are referenced by the index, because we
need to test them all with CheckForSerializableConflictOut(). The
old optimization that would ignore any references to blocks >=
rs_nblocks gets in the way of that requirement, because it means that
concurrent writes in that window are ignored.
Removing that optimization shouldn't affect correctness at any isolation
level, because any new tuples shouldn't be visible to an MVCC snapshot.
There also shouldn't be any error-causing references to heap blocks past
the end, because we should have held at least an AccessShareLock on the
table before the index scan. It can't get smaller while our transaction
is running. For now, though, we'll keep the optimization at lower
levels to avoid making unnecessary changes in a bug fix.
Back-patch to all supported releases. In release 11, the code is in a
different place but not fundamentally different. Fixes one aspect of
bug #17949.
Reported-by: Artem Anisimov <artem.anisimov.255@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17949-a0f17035294a55e2%40postgresql.org
When predicate-locking btrees, we have a special case for completely
empty btrees, since there is no page to lock. This was racy, because,
without buffer lock held, a matching key could be inserted between the
_bt_search() and the PredicateLockRelation() calls.
Fix, by rechecking _bt_search() after taking the relation-level SIREAD
lock, if using SERIALIZABLE isolation and an empty btree is discovered.
Back-patch to all supported releases. Fixes one aspect of bug #17949.
Reported-by: Artem Anisimov <artem.anisimov.255@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17949-a0f17035294a55e2%40postgresql.org
Unlike commands such as CREATE DATABASE, ProcessStartupPacket()
does not perform multibyte-aware truncation of overlength names.
This means that connection attempts might fail even if the user
provides the same overlength names that were used in CREATE
DATABASE, CREATE ROLE, etc. Ideally, we'd do the same multibyte-
aware truncation in both code paths, but it doesn't seem worth the
added complexity of trying to discover the encoding of the names.
Instead, let's simply skip truncating the names in the startup
packet and let the user/database lookup fail later on. With this
change, users must provide the exact names stored in the catalogs,
even if the names were truncated.
This reverts commit d18c1d1f51.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/07436793-1426-29b2-f924-db7422a05fb7%40gmail.com
When table_block_relation_estimate_size() estimated the number of tuples
in a relation without statistics (e.g. right after load), it did not
consider fillfactor when calculating density. With non-default
fillfactor values, this may result in significant overestimate of the
number of tuples - up to 10x with the minimum 10% fillfactor. This may
have unexpected consequences, e.g. when creating hash indexes.
This considers the current fillfactor value in the "no statistics" code
path. If the fillfactor changes after loading data into the table, the
estimate may be off. But that seems much less likely than changing the
fillfactor before the data load.
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cf154ef9-6bac-d268-b735-67a3443debba@enterprisedb.com
The VacAttrStats structure contained the whole Form_pg_attribute for a
column, but it actually only needs attstattarget from there. So
remove the Form_pg_attribute field and make a separate field for
attstattarget. This simplifies some code for extended statistics that
doesn't deal with a column but an expression, which had to fake up
pg_attribute rows to satisfy internal APIs. Also, we can remove some
comments that essentially said "don't look at pg_attribute directly".
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d6069765-5971-04d3-c10d-e4f7b2e9c459%40eisentraut.org
Here are some notes about this change:
- As X509_get_signature_nid() should always exist (OpenSSL and
LibreSSL), hence HAVE_X509_GET_SIGNATURE_NID is now gone.
- OPENSSL_API_COMPAT is bumped to 0x10002000L.
- One comment related to 1.0.1e introduced by 74242c2 is removed.
Upstream OpenSSL still provides long-term support for 1.0.2 in a closed
fashion, so removing it is out of scope for a few years, at least.
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZG3JNursG69dz1lr@paquier.xyz
The following changes are done:
- Addition of WaitEventBufferPin and WaitEventExtension, that hold a
list of wait events related to each category.
- Addition of two functions that encapsulate the list of wait events for
each category.
- Rename BUFFER_PIN to BUFFERPIN (only this wait event class used an
underscore, requiring a specific rule in the automation script).
These changes make a bit easier the automatic generation of all the code
and documentation related to wait events, as all the wait event
categories are now controlled by consistent structures and functions.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c6f35117-4b20-4c78-1df5-d3056010dcf5@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
Here we adjust the query planner to have it remove items from a window
clause's PARTITION BY clause in cases where the pathkey for a column in
the PARTITION BY clause is redundant.
Doing this allows the optimization added in 9d9c02ccd to stop window
aggregation early rather than going into "pass-through" mode to find
tuples belonging to the next partition. Also, when we manage to remove
all PARTITION BY columns, we now no longer needlessly check that the
current tuple belongs to the same partition as the last tuple in
nodeWindowAgg.c. If the pathkey was redundant then all tuples must
contain the same value for the given redundant column, so there's no point
in checking that during execution.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo2ji+hdxrxfXtRtsfSVw3to2o1nCO20qimw0dUGK8hcQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit dd38ff28ad added a new error message "missing contrecord" when
we fail to reassemble a record. Unfortunately that caused noisy
messages to be logged by pg_waldump at end of segment, and by walsender
when asked to shut down on a segment boundary.
Remove the new error message, so that this condition signals end-of-
WAL without a message. It's arguably a reportable condition that should
not be silenced while performing crash recovery, but fixing that without
introducing noise in the other cases will require more research.
Back-patch to 15.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a1df56e-4656-b3ce-4b7a-a9cb41df8189%40enterprisedb.com
Commit f24523672d fixed a memory leak by moving the modifiedCols bitmap
into the per-row memory context. In the case of AFTER UPDATE triggers,
the bitmap is however referenced from an event kept until the end of the
query, resulting in a use-after-free bug.
Fixed by copying the bitmap into the AfterTriggerEvents memory context,
which is the one where we keep the trigger events. There's only one
place that needs to do the copy, but the memory context may not exist
yet. Doing that in a separate function seems more readable.
Report by Alexander Pyhalov, fix by me. Backpatch to 13, where the
bitmap was added to the event by commit 71d60e2aa0.
Reported-by: Alexander Pyhalov
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/acddb17c89b0d6cb940eaeda18c08bbe@postgrespro.ru
The Incremental Sort had a couple issues, resulting in leaking memory
during rescans, possibly triggering OOM. The code had a couple of
related flaws:
1. During rescans, the sort states were reset but then also set to NULL
(despite the comment saying otherwise). ExecIncrementalSort then
sees NULL and initializes a new sort state, leaking the memory used
by the old one.
2. Initializing the sort state also automatically rebuilt the info about
presorted keys, leaking the already initialized info. presorted_keys
was also unnecessarily reset to NULL.
Patch by James Coleman, based on patches by Laurenz Albe and Tom Lane.
Backpatch to 13, where Incremental Sort was introduced.
Author: James Coleman, Laurenz Albe, Tom Lane
Reported-by: Laurenz Albe, Zu-Ming Jiang
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b2bd02dff61af15e3526293e2771f874cf2a3be7.camel%40cybertec.at
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db03c582-086d-e7cd-d4a1-3bc722f81765%40inf.ethz.ch
Per the code coverage report, the existing regression tests did not
exercice some a couple important BRIN minmax-multi code paths.
- The tests focused on testing planning with a range of scan key
strategies, but not the execution. Fixed by adding queries that
actually test query execution for both equality and inequality.
- All tests created indexes after inserting data, but this only
exercises the CREATE INDEX strategy that sees all values at once, not
incremental summary updates. The new tests flip the order and create
the index before adding data.
- The assert check(s) validating correctness of expanded ranges were
present only in the "union" code path, which is not covered by
regression tests at all (as it requires concurrency etc.). Fixed by
adding the asserts to a couple more places.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/57020b2e-d9c9-9bc7-4892-b36d9bb07563%40enterprisedb.com
Move the calculation of Bloom filter parameters (for BRIN indexes) into
a separate function to make reuse easier. At the moment we only call it
from one place, but that may change and it's easier to read anyway.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e1f3350-c9cf-ab62-43a5-5dae314de89c%40enterprisedb.com
BRIN bloom and minmax-multi opclasses were somewhat inconsistent when
dealing with bool variables, assigning to them Datum values etc. While
not a bug, it makes the code harder to understand, so fix that.
While at it, update an incorrect comment copied to bloom opclass from
minmax, talking about strategies not supported by bloom.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e1f3350-c9cf-ab62-43a5-5dae314de89c%40enterprisedb.com
The logic that introduced partitioned indexes missed a few things when
invalidating a partitioned index when these are created, still the code
is written to handle recursions:
1) If created from scratch because a mapping index could not be found,
the new index created could be itself invalid, if for example it was a
partitioned index with one of its leaves invalid.
2) A CCI was missing when indisvalid is set for a parent index, leading
to inconsistent trees when recursing across more than one level for a
partitioned index creation if an invalidation of the parent was
required.
This could lead to the creation of a partition index tree where some of
the partitioned indexes are marked as invalid, but some of the parents
are marked valid, which is not something that should happen (as
validatePartitionedIndex() defines, indisvalid is switched to true for a
partitioned index iff all its partitions are themselves valid).
This patch makes sure that indisvalid is set to false on a partitioned
index if at least one of its partition is invalid. The flag is set to
true if *all* its partitions are valid.
The regression test added in this commit abuses of a failed concurrent
index creation, marked as invalid, that maps with an index created on
its partitioned table afterwards.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Using at least perl 5.14 is required since 4c15327, meaning that it is
possible to use named captures and the %+ hash instead of having to
count parenthesis groups manually.
While on it, CATALOG is made more flexible in its handling of
whitespaces for parameter lists (see the addition of \s* in this
case). The generated postgres.bki remains exactly the same before and
after this commit.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87y1l3s7o9.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
ALTER TABLE .. SET ACCESS METHOD was not registering a dependency to the
new access method with the relation altered in its rewrite phase, making
possible the drop of an access method even if there are relations that
depend on it. During the rewrite, a temporary relation is created to
build the new relation files before swapping the new and old files, and,
while the temporary relation was registering a correct dependency to the
new AM, the old relation did not do that. A dependency on the access
method is added when the relation files are swapped, which is the point
where pg_class is updated.
Materialized views and tables use the same code path, hence both were
impacted.
Backpatch down to 15, where this command has been introduced.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18000-9145c25b1af475ca@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
An outer join cannot be formed using an input path that is parameterized
by a value that is supposed to be nulled by the outer join. This is
obviously nonsensical, and it could lead to a bad plan being selected;
although currently it seems that we'll hit various sanity-check
assertions first.
I think that such cases were formerly prevented by the delay_upper_joins
mechanism, but now that that's gone we need an explicit check.
(Perhaps we should avoid generating baserel paths that could
lead to this situation in the first place; but it seems like
having a defense at the join level would be a good idea anyway.)
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Jaime Casanova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5g2uZRrUDZJ8p-=giwcSHVUn0c9nmdxPSY0jF0Ov8VoEA@mail.gmail.com
If the given composite datum is toasted out-of-line,
DatumGetHeapTupleHeader will perform database accesses to detoast it.
That can invalidate the result of get_cached_rowtype, as documented
(perhaps not plainly enough) in that function's API spec; which leads
to strange errors or crashes when we try to use the TupleDesc to read
the tuple. In short then, trying to update a field of a composite
column could fail intermittently if the overall column value is wide
enough to require toasting.
We can fix the bug at no cost by just changing the order of
operations, since we don't need the TupleDesc until after detoasting.
(Other callers of get_cached_rowtype appear to get this right already,
so there's only one bug.)
Note that the added regression test case reveals this bug reliably
only with debug_discard_caches/CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Per bug #17994 from Alexander Lakhin. Sadly, this patch does not fix
the missing-values issue revealed in the bug discussion; we'll need
some more work to cover that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17994-5c7100b51b4790e9@postgresql.org
It was walking into the ColumnDef->compression field, which is not a
node but a string. This code is currently not reachable (because the
compression field is only set in situations that don't go through
raw_expression_tree_walker()), but if it had been, this could have
behaved erratically.
A portion of ALTER TABLE .. ATTACH PARTITION is to ensure that the
partition being attached to the partitioned table has a correct set of
indexes, so as there is a consistent index mapping between the
partitioned table and its new-to-be partition. However, as introduced
in 8b08f7d, the current logic could choose an invalid index as a match,
which is something that can exist when dealing with more than two levels
of partitioning, like attaching a partitioned table (that has
partitions, with an index created by CREATE INDEX ON ONLY) to another
partitioned table.
A partitioned index with indisvalid set to false is equivalent to an
incomplete partition tree, meaning that an invalid partitioned index
does not have indexes defined in all its partitions. Hence, choosing an
invalid partitioned index can create inconsistent partition index trees,
where the parent attaching to is valid, but its partition may be
invalid.
In the report from Alexander Lakhin, this showed up as an assertion
failure when validating an index. Without assertions enabled, the
partition index tree would be actually broken, as indisvalid should
be switched to true for a partitioned index once all its partitions are
themselves valid. With two levels of partitioning, the top partitioned
table used a valid index and was able to link to an invalid index stored
on its partition, itself a partitioned table.
I have studied a few options here (like the possibility to switch
indisvalid to false for the parent), but came down to the conclusion
that we'd better rely on a simple rule: invalid indexes had better never
be chosen, so as the partition attached uses and creates indexes that
the parent expects. Some regression tests are added to provide some
coverage. Note that the existing coverage is not impacted.
This is a problem since partitioned indexes exist, so backpatch all the
way down to v11.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/14987634-43c0-0cb3-e075-94d423607e08@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Since 3db72eb, the query ID of utilities is generated using the Query
structure, making the use of the query string in JumbleQuery()
unnecessary. This commit removes the argument "querytext" from
JumbleQuery().
Reported-by: Joe Conway
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZJlQAWE4COFqHuAV@paquier.xyz
TParserGet() recurses for some token types, meaning it's possible
to drive it to stack overflow. Since this is a minority behavior,
I chose to add the check_stack_depth() call to the two places that
recurse rather than doing it during every single call.
While at it, add CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), because this can run
unpleasantly long for long inputs.
Per bug #17995 from Zuming Jiang. This is old, so back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17995-9f20ff3e6389db4c@postgresql.org
ff9618e82a introduced has_partition_ancestor_privs(), which is used
to check whether a user has MAINTAIN on any partition ancestors.
This involves syscache lookups, and presently this function does
not take any relation locks, so it is likely subject to the same
kind of cache lookup failures that were fixed by 19de0ab23c.
To fix this problem, this commit partially reverts ff9618e82a.
Specifically, it removes the partition-related changes, including
the has_partition_ancestor_privs() function mentioned above. This
means that MAINTAIN on a partitioned table is no longer sufficient
to perform maintenance commands on its partitions. This is more
like how privileges for maintenance commands work on supported
versions. Privileges are checked for each partition, so a command
that flows down to all partitions might refuse to process them
(e.g., if the current user doesn't have MAINTAIN on the partition).
In passing, adjust a few related comments and error messages, and
add a test for the privilege checks for CLUSTER on a partitioned
table.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230613211246.GA219055%40nathanxps13
Avoid "right sibling %u of block %u is not next child" errors when
vacuuming a corrupt nbtree index. Just LOG the issue and press on.
That way VACUUM will have a decent chance of finishing off all required
processing for the index (and for the table as a whole).
This is similar to recent work from commit 5abff197, as well as work
from commit 5b861baa (later backpatched as commit 43e409ce), which
taught nbtree VACUUM to keep going when its "re-find" check fails. The
hardening added by this commit takes place directly after the "re-find"
check, right before the critical section for the first stage of page
deletion.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=dayg0vjs4+er84TS9ami=csdzjpuiCGbEw=idhwqhzQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11- (all supported versions).
exec_parse_message() wants to create a cached plan in all cases,
including for empty input. The empty-input path does not have
a test for being in an aborted transaction, making it possible
that plancache.c will fail due to trying to do database lookups
even though there's no real work to do.
One solution would be to throw an aborted-transaction error in
this path too, but it's not entirely clear whether the lack of
such an error was intentional or whether some clients might be
relying on non-error behavior. Instead, let's hack plancache.c
so that it treats empty statements with the same logic it
already had for transaction control commands, ensuring that it
can soldier through even in an already-aborted transaction.
Per bug #17983 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17983-da4569fcb878672e@postgresql.org
The existing errhint message and docs were missing the fact that we can't
disassociate from the slot unless the subscription is disabled.
Author: Robert Sjöblom, Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 11
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/807bdf85-61ea-88e2-5712-6d9fcd4eabff@fortnox.se
ff9618e82a introduced the skip_privs parameter, which is used to
skip privilege checks when recursing to a relation's TOAST table.
This parameter should have been added as a flag bit in
VacuumParams->options instead.
Suggested-by: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZIj4v1CwqlDVJZfB%40paquier.xyz
If the inner-side expressions contain PARAM_EXEC Params, we must
re-hash whenever the values of those Params change. The executor
mechanism for that exists already, but we failed to invoke it because
finalize_plan() neglected to search the Hash.hashkeys field for
Params. This allowed a previous scan's hash table to be re-used
when it should not be, leading to rows missing from the join's output.
(I believe incorrectly-included join rows are impossible however,
since checking the real hashclauses would reject false matches.)
This bug is very ancient, dating probably to d24d75ff1 of 7.4.
Sadly, this simple fix depends on the plan representational changes
made by 2abd7ae9b, so it will only work back to v12. I thought
about trying to make some kind of hack for v11, but I'm leery
of putting code significantly different from what is used in the
newer branches into a nearly-EOL branch. Seeing that the bug
escaped detection for a full twenty years, problematic cases
must be rare; so I don't feel too awful about leaving v11 as-is.
Per bug #17985 from Zuming Jiang. Back-patch to v12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17985-748b66607acd432e@postgresql.org
I removed the delay_upper_joins mechanism in commit b448f1c8d,
reasoning that it was only needed when we have a single-table
(SELECT ... WHERE) as the immediate RHS child of a left join,
and we could get rid of that by hoisting the WHERE condition into
the parent join's quals. However that new code missed a case:
we could have "foo LEFT JOIN ((SELECT ... WHERE) LEFT JOIN bar)",
and if the two left joins can be commuted then we now have the
problematic query shape. We can fix this too easily enough,
by allowing the syntactically-lower left join to pass through
its parent qual location pointer recursively. That lets
prepjointree.c discard the SELECT by temporarily hoisting the
WHERE condition into the ancestor join's qual.
Per bug #17978 from Zuming Jiang.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17978-12f3d93a55297266@postgresql.org
This avoids an assertion failure when outer joins are rearranged
per identity 3. Listing only the baserels from a PlaceHolderVar's
ph_lateral set should be enough to ensure that the required values
are available when we need to compute the PHV --- it's what we
did before inventing nullingrel sets, after all. It's a bit
unsatisfying; but with beta2 hard upon us, there's not time to
look for an aesthetically cleaner fix.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the fixes we applied in commits bfd332b3f
and 63e4f13d2 were not nearly enough to solve the problem.
We'd focused narrowly on subquery RTEs with lateral references,
but lateral references can occur in several other RTE kinds
such as function RTEs. Putting the same hack into half a dozen
code paths seems quite unattractive. Hence, revert the code changes
(but not the test cases) from those commits and instead solve it
centrally in identify_current_nestloop_params(), as Richard proposed
originally. This is a bit annoying because it could mask erroneous
nullingrels in nestloop params that are generated from non-LATERAL
parameterized paths; but on balance I don't see a better way.
Maybe at some future time we'll be motivated to find a more rigorous
approach to nestloop params, but that's not happening for beta2.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Jcw-NvnxT23WiHP324wG44DvzcH1j4hc0Zn+3sR9cfg@mail.gmail.com
Run pgindent and pgperltidy. It seems we're still some ways
away from all committers doing this automatically. Now that
we have a buildfarm animal that will whine about poorly-indented
code, we'll try to keep the tree more tidy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3156045.1687208823@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is a follow-up of f663b00, that has been committed to v13 and v14,
tweaking the TAP test for two-phase transactions so as it provides
coverage for the bug that has been fixed. This change is done in its
own commit for clarity, as v15 and HEAD did not show the problematic
behavior, still missed coverage for it.
While on it, this adds a comment about the dependency of the last
partial segment rename and RecoverPreparedTransactions() at the end of
recovery, as that can be easy to miss.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/743b9b45a2d4013bd90b6a5cba8d6faeb717ee34.camel@cybertec.at
Backpatch-through: 13
Starting with 4d330a61bb we can use posix_fallocate() to extend
files. Unfortunately in some situation, e.g. on tmpfs filesystems, EINTR may
be returned. See also 4518c798b2.
To fix, add a retry path to FileFallocate(). In contrast to 4518c798b2 the
amount we extend by is limited and the extending may happen at a high
frequency, so disabling signals does not appear to be the correct path here.
Also add retry paths to other file operations currently lacking them (around
fdatasync(), fsync(), ftruncate(), posix_fadvise(), sync_file_range(),
truncate()) - they are all documented or have been observed to return EINTR.
Even though most of these functions used in the back branches, it does not
seem worth the risk to backpatch - outside of the new-to-16 case of
posix_fallocate() I am not aware of problem reports due to the lack of
retries.
Reported-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZEZDj1H61ryrmY9o@msg.df7cb.de
Backpatch: -
Here we adjust relation_has_unique_index_for() so that it no longer makes
use of partial unique indexes as uniqueness proofs. It is incorrect to
use these as the predicates used by check_index_predicates() to set
predOK makes use of not only baserestrictinfo quals as proofs, but also
qual from join conditions. For relation_has_unique_index_for()'s case, we
need to know the relation is unique for a given set of columns before any
joins are evaluated, so if predOK was only set to true due to some join
qual, then it's unsafe to use such indexes in
relation_has_unique_index_for(). The final plan may not even make use
of that index, which could result in reading tuples that are not as
unique as the planner previously expected them to be.
Bug: #17975
Reported-by: Tor Erik Linnerud
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17975-98a90c156f25c952%40postgresql.org
For CREATE DATABASE, make LOCALE parameter apply regardless of the
provider used. Also affects initdb and createdb --locale arguments.
Previously, LOCALE (and --locale) only affected the database default
collation when using the libc provider.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1a63084d-221e-4075-619e-6b3e590f673e@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Since commit b448f1c8d, we've been able to remove left joins
(that are otherwise removable) even when they are underneath
other left joins, a case that was previously prevented by a
delay_upper_joins check. This is a clear improvement, but
it has a surprising side-effect: it's now possible that there
are EquivalenceClasses whose relid sets mention the removed
baserel and/or outer join. If we fail to clean those up,
we may drop essential join quals due to not having any join
level that appears to satisfy their relid sets.
(It's not quite 100% clear that this was impossible before.
But the lack of complaints since we added join removal a dozen
years ago strongly suggests that it was impossible.)
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17976 from Zuming Jiang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17976-4b638b525e9a983b@postgresql.org
Between v15 and now, this function's "else if" chain grew from 252 lines
to 592 lines, exceeding a compiler limit that manifests as "fatal error
C1026: parser stack overflow, program too complex (compiling source file
src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c)". Use "if (...) return ...;" instead.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut and Michael Paquier. Not all
reviewers endorse this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230607185458.GA1334487@rfd.leadboat.com
47bb9db75 modified the ApplyRetrieveRule()'s conversion of a view's
original RTE_RELATION entry into an RTE_SUBQUERY one to retain relid,
rellockmode, and perminfoindex so that the executor can lock the view
and check its permissions. It seems better to also retain
relkind for cross-checking that the exception of an
RTE_SUBQUERY entry being allowed to carry relation details only
applies to views, so do so.
Bump catversion because this changes the output format of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs.
Suggested-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3953179e-9540-e5d1-a743-4bef368785b0%40pgmasters.net
The issue fixed in commit bfd332b3f can also bite Memoize plans,
because of the separate copies of lateral reference Vars made
by paraminfo_get_equal_hashops. Apply the same hacky fix there.
(In passing, clean up shaky grammar in the existing comments
for this function.)
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-krwk0Wbd6WdufMAupuou_Ua73ijQ4XQCr1Mb5BaVtKQ@mail.gmail.com
rewriteRuleAction neglected to check for SubLink nodes in the
securityQuals of range table entries. This could lead to failing
to convert such a SubLink to a SubPlan, resulting in assertion
crashes or weird errors later in planning.
In passing, fix some poor coding in rewriteTargetView:
we should not pass the source parsetree's hasSubLinks
field to ReplaceVarsFromTargetList's outer_hasSubLinks.
ReplaceVarsFromTargetList knows enough to ignore that
when a Query node is passed, but it's still confusing
and bad precedent: if we did try to update that flag
we'd be updating a stale copy of the parsetree.
Per bug #17972 from Alexander Lakhin. This has been broken since
we added RangeTblEntry.securityQuals (although the presented test
case only fails back to 215b43cdc), so back-patch all the way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17972-f422c094237847d0@postgresql.org
Previously stats in the startup process would only get reported during
shutdown of the startup process. It has been that way for a long time, but
became a lot more noticeable with the new pg_stat_io view, which separates out
IO done by different backend types...
While replaying after every XLOG_RUNNING_XACTS isn't the prettiest approach,
it has the advantage of being quite easy. Given that we're well past feature
freeze...
It's not a problem that we don't report stats more frequently with
wal_level=minimal, in that case stats can't be read before the stats process
has shut down.
Besides the above, this commit also changes pgstat_report_stat() to acquire
the timestamp with GetCurrentTimestamp() instead of
GetCurrentTransactionStopTimestamp().
Thanks to Melih Mutlu, Kyotaro Horiguchi for prototypes of other approaches to
solving this issue.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5315aedc-fbca-1556-c5de-dc2e00b23a14@oss.nttdata.com
Commit 927d9abb6 purported to make datetime() accept any string
that could be output for a datetime value by to_jsonb(). But it
overlooked the possibility of fractional seconds being present,
so that cases as simple as to_jsonb(now()) would defeat it.
Fix by adding formats that include ".US" to the list in
executeDateTimeMethod(). (Note that while this is nominally
microseconds, it'll do the right thing for fractions with
fewer than six digits.)
In passing, re-order the list to restore the datatype ordering
specified in its comment. The violation accidentally did not
break anything; but the next edit might be less lucky, so add
more comments.
Per report from Tim Field. Back-patch to v13 where datetime()
was added, like the previous patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/014A028B-5CE6-4FDF-AC24-426CA6FC9CEE@mohiohio.com
We had left it icon-free since users won't achieve much by opening it
from Windows Explorer. Subsequent to that decision, Task Manager
started to show the icon. That shifts the balance in favor of attaching
the icon, so do so. No back-patch, but make this late addition to v16.
Reviewed by Andres Freund and Magnus Hagander.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230608014507.GD1334487@rfd.leadboat.com
If we apply outer join identity 3 when relation C is a subquery
having lateral references to relation B, then the lateral references
within C continue to bear the original syntactically-correct
varnullingrels marks, but that won't match what is available from
the outer side of the nestloop. Compensate for that in
process_subquery_nestloop_params(). This is a slightly hacky fix,
but we certainly don't want to re-plan C in toto for each possible
outer join order, so there's not a lot of better alternatives.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per report from Markus Winand
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DFBB2D25-DE97-49CA-A60E-07C881EA59A7@winand.at
- Commit 3eb77eba5a, which moved the pending ops queue from md.c to
sync.c, introduced a duplicate, unused 'pendingOpsCxt'
variable. (I'm surprised none of the compilers or static analysis
tools have complained about that.)
- Commit c2fe139c20 moved the 'synchronize_seqscans' variable and
introduced an extern declaration in tableam.h, making the one in
guc_tables.c unnecessary.
- Commit 6f0cf87872 removed the 'pgstat_temp_directory' GUC, but
forgot to remove the corresponding global variable.
- Commit 1b4e729eaa removed the 'pg_krb_realm' GUC, and its global
variable, but forgot the declaration in auth.h.
Spotted all these by reading the code.
Split nbtree's _bt_getbuf function is two: code that read locks or write
locks existing pages remains in _bt_getbuf, while code that deals with
allocating new pages is moved to a new, dedicated function called
_bt_allocbuf. This simplifies most _bt_getbuf callers, since it is no
longer necessary for them to pass a heaprel argument. Many of the
changes to nbtree from commit 61b313e4 can be reverted. This minimizes
the divergence between HEAD/PostgreSQL 16 and earlier release branches.
_bt_allocbuf replaces the previous nbtree idiom of passing P_NEW to
_bt_getbuf. There are only 3 affected call sites, all of which continue
to pass a heaprel for recovery conflict purposes. Note that nbtree's
use of P_NEW was superficial; nbtree never actually relied on the P_NEW
code paths in bufmgr.c, so this change is strictly mechanical.
GiST already took the same approach; it has a dedicated function for
allocating new pages called gistNewBuffer(). That factor allowed commit
61b313e4 to make much more targeted changes to GiST.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=8Z9qY58bjm_7TAHgtW6RzZ5Ke62q5emdCEy9BAzwhmg@mail.gmail.com
While executing maintenance operations (ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REFRESH
MATERIALIZED VIEW, REINDEX, or VACUUM), set search_path to
'pg_catalog, pg_temp' to prevent inconsistent behavior.
Functions that are used for functional indexes, in index expressions,
or in materialized views and depend on a different search path must be
declared with CREATE FUNCTION ... SET search_path='...'.
This change addresses a security risk introduced in commit 60684dd834,
where a role with MAINTAIN privileges on a table may be able to
escalate privileges to the table owner. That commit is not yet part of
any release, so no need to backpatch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e44327179e5c9015c8dda67351c04da552066017.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Commit 482675987 introduced "run_as_owner" subscription option so that
subscription runs with either the permissions of the subscription
owner or the permission of the table owner. However, tablesync workers
did not use this option for the initial data copy.
With this change, tablesync workers run with appropriate permissions
based on "run_as_owner" option.
Ajin Cherian, with changes and regression tests added by me.
Reported-By: Amit Kapila
Author: Ajin Cherian, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Ajin Cherian, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L=qzRHPEn+qeMoKQGFBzqGoLBzt_ov0A89iFFiut+ppA@mail.gmail.com
A placeholder that references the outer join's relid in ph_eval_at
is logically "above" the join, and therefore we can't remove its
PlaceHolderInfo: it might still be used somewhere in the query.
This was not an issue pre-v16 because we failed to remove the join
at all in such cases. The new outer-join-aware-Var infrastructure
permits deducing that it's okay to remove the join, but then we
have to clean up correctly afterwards.
Report and fix by Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_tuVn9EwwMcggGiZJWWstdXX_ci8FeEU17vs+4nLgw3w@mail.gmail.com
Apparently some extensions are in the habit of calling
ChangeVarNodes() with INDEX_VAR as the rt_index to replace.
That worked before 2489d76c4, at least as long as there were
not PlaceHolderVars in the expression; but now it fails
because bms_is_member spits up. Add a test to avoid that.
Per report from Anton Melnikov, though this is not his
proposed patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5b370a46-f6d2-373d-9dbc-0d55250e82c1@inbox.ru
pg_base64_enc_len() and its clones overestimated the output
length by up to 2 bytes, as a result of sloppy thinking about
where to divide. No callers require a precise estimate, so
this has no consequences worse than palloc'ing a byte or two
more than necessary. We might as well get it right though.
This bug is very ancient, dating to commit 79d78bb26 which
added encode.c. (The other instances were presumably copied
from there.) Still, it doesn't quite seem worth back-patching.
Oleg Tselebrovskiy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f94da55286a63022150bc266afdab754@postgrespro.ru
Commit fc22b6623b (generated columns) replaced ExecGetUpdatedCols() with
ExecGetAllUpdatedCols() in a couple places handling UPDATE (triggers and
lock mode). However, ExecGetUpdatedCols() did exec_rt_fetch() while
ExecGetAllUpdatedCols() also allocates memory through bms_union()
without paying attention to the memory context and happened to use the
long-lived ExecutorState, leaking the memory until the end of the query.
The amount of leaked memory is proportional to the number of (updated)
attributes, types of UPDATE triggers, and the number of processed rows
(which for UPDATE ... FROM ... may be much higher than updated rows).
Fixed by switching to the per-tuple context in GetAllUpdatedColumns().
This is fine for all in-core callers, but external callers may need to
copy the result. But we're not aware of any such callers.
Note the issue was introduced by fc22b6623b, but the macros were later
renamed by f50e888990.
Backpatch to 12, where the issue was introduced.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Jakub Wartak
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/222a3442-7f7d-246c-ed9b-a76209d19239@enterprisedb.com
The GUC settings lc_collate and lc_ctype are from a time when those
locale settings were cluster-global. When those locale settings were
made per-database (PG 8.4), the settings were kept as read-only. As
of PG 15, you can use ICU as the per-database locale provider, so
examining these settings is already less meaningful and possibly
confusing, since you need to look into pg_database to find out what is
really happening, and they would likely become fully obsolete in the
future anyway.
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/696054d1-bc88-b6ab-129a-18b8bce6a6f0@enterprisedb.com
The apply worker was not reloading the configuration while processing
messages if there is a continuous flow of messages from upstream. It was
also not reloading the configuration if there is a change in the
configuration after it has waited for the message and before receiving the
new replication message. This can lead to failure in tests because we
expect that after reload, the behavior of apply worker to respect the
changed GUCs.
We found this while analyzing a rare buildfarm failure.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716AF9079CC0755CD015322947E9@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
When we're deleting a no-op LEFT JOIN from the query, we must remove
the join's joinclauses from surviving relations' joininfo lists.
The invention of "cloned" clauses in 2489d76c4 broke the logic for
that; it'd fail to remove clones that include OJ relids outside the
doomed join's min relid sets, which could happen if that join was
previously discovered to commute with some other join.
This accidentally failed to cause problems in the majority of cases,
because we'd never decide that such a cloned clause was evaluatable at
any surviving join. However, Richard Guo discovered a case where that
did happen, leading to "no relation entry for relid" errors later.
Also, adding assertions that a non-removed clause contains no Vars from
the doomed join exposes that there are quite a few existing regression
test cases where the problem happens but is accidentally not exposed.
The fix for this is just to include the target join's commute_above_r
and commute_below_l sets in the relid set we test against when
deciding whether a join clause is "pushed down" and thus not
removable.
While at it, do a little refactoring: the join's relid set can be
computed inside remove_rel_from_query rather than in the caller.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_PHrRqTKDNnTRsxxQy6BtYCVKsgXm1_gdN2yQ=kmcO5g@mail.gmail.com
Avoid "right sibling's left-link doesn't match" errors when vacuuming a
corrupt nbtree index. Just LOG the issue and press on. That way VACUUM
will have a decent chance of finishing off all required processing for
the index (and for the table as a whole).
This error was seen in the field from time to time (it's more than a
theoretical risk), so giving VACUUM the ability to press on like this
has real value. Nothing short of a REINDEX is expected to fix the
underlying index corruption, so giving up (by throwing an error) risks
making a bad situation far worse. Anything that blocks forward progress
by VACUUM like this might go unnoticed for a long time. This could
eventually lead to a wraparound/xidStopLimit outage.
Note that _bt_unlink_halfdead_page() has always been able to bail on
page deletion when the target page's left sibling page was in an
inconsistent state. It now does the same thing (returns false to back
out of the second phase of deletion) when it notices sibling link
corruption in the target page's right sibling page.
This is similar to the work from commit 5b861baa (later backpatched as
commit 43e409ce), which taught nbtree to press on with vacuuming an
index when page deletion fails to "re-find" a downlink in the target
page's parent page. The "re-find" check seems to make VACUUM bail on
page deletion more often in practice, but there is no reason to take any
chances here.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzko2q2kP1+UvgJyP9g0mF4hopK0NtQZcxwvMv9_ytGhkQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11- (all supported versions).
We've had multiple issues with the clause_is_computable_at logic that
I introduced in 2489d76c4: it's been known to accept more than one
clone of the same qual at the same plan node, and also to accept no
clones at all. It's looking impractical to get it 100% right on the
basis of the currently-stored information, so fix it by introducing a
new RestrictInfo field "incompatible_relids" that explicitly shows
which outer joins a given clone mustn't be pushed above.
In principle we could populate this field in every RestrictInfo, but
that would cost space and there doesn't presently seem to be a need
for it in general. Also, while deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals can
easily fill the field with the remaining members of the commutative
join set that it's considering, computing it in the general case
seems again pretty complicated. So for now, just fill it for
clone quals.
Along the way, fix a bug that may or may not be only latent:
equivclass.c was generating replacement clauses with is_pushed_down
and has_clone/is_clone markings that didn't match their
required_relids. This led me to conclude that leaving the clone flags
out of make_restrictinfo's purview wasn't such a great idea after all,
so add them.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48EYi_9-pSd0ORes1kTmTeAjT4Q3gu49hJtYCbSn2JyeA@mail.gmail.com
This file could be in the current (build) directory if we just
built it. However, when installing from a VPATH build from a
tarball, it will exist in the source directory and gmake will
therefore not rebuild it. Use the $< macro to find out where
gmake found it.
Oversight in b3a0d8324, which also exposes a buildfarm testing gap:
we test install from VPATH builds from bare source trees, but not
from tarballs.
Per report from Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZGzEAqjxkkoY3ooH@msg.df7cb.de
Use the clause's required_relids not clause_relids for testing
whether it is computable at the current join level, if it is a
clone clause generated by deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals().
Arguably, this is more correct and we should do it for all clauses;
that would at least remove the handwavy claim that we are doing
it to save cycles compared to inspecting Vars individually.
However, attempting to do that exposes that we are not being careful
to compute an accurate value for required_relids in all cases.
I'm unsure whether it's a good idea to attempt to do that for v16,
or leave it as future clean-up. In the meantime, this quick hack
demonstrably fixes some cases, so let's squeeze it in for beta1.
Patch by me, but great thanks to Richard Guo for investigation
and testing. The new test cases are all modeled on his examples.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-_vwkBij4XOQ5ukxUvLgwTm0kS5_DO9CicUeKbEfKjUw@mail.gmail.com
The assertion checked that the size of the relation is not "too large" - but
the code is explicitly dealing with the possibility of another backend
extending the relation concurrently. In that case the new relation size could
be bigger than what the current backend needs, wrongly triggering an assertion
failure.
Unfortunately it is hard to write a reliable and affordable regression tests
for this, as a lot of concurrency is needed to encounter the bug.
Introduced in 31966b151e.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
WalSndWakeup() currently loops through all the walsenders slots, with a
spinlock acquisition and release for every iteration, to wake up waiting
walsenders.
This commonly was not a problem before e101dfac3a. But, to allow logical
decoding on standbys, we need to wake up logical walsenders after every WAL
record is applied on the standby, rather just when flushing WAL or switching
timelines. This causes a performance regression for workloads replaying a lot
of WAL records.
To solve this, we use condition variable (CV) to efficiently wake up
walsenders in WalSndWakeup().
Every walsender prepares to sleep on a shared memory CV. Note that it just
prepares to sleep on the CV (i.e., adds itself to the CV's waitlist), but does
not actually wait on the CV (IOW, it never calls ConditionVariableSleep()). It
still uses WaitEventSetWait() for waiting, because CV infrastructure doesn't
handle FeBe socket events currently. The processes (startup process,
walreceiver etc.) wanting to wake up walsenders use
ConditionVariableBroadcast(), which in turn calls SetLatch(), helping
walsenders come out of WaitEventSetWait().
We use separate shared memory CVs for physical and logical walsenders for
selective wake ups, see WalSndWakeup() for more details.
This approach is simple and reasonably efficient. But not very elegant. But
for 16 it seems to be a better path than a larger redesign of the CV
mechanism. A desirable future improvement would be to add support for CVs
into WaitEventSetWait().
This still leaves us with a small regression in very extreme workloads (due to
the spinlock acquisition in ConditionVariableBroadcast() when there are no
waiters) - but that seems acceptable.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Suggested-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou <houzj.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230509190247.3rrplhdgem6su6cg%40awork3.anarazel.de
Complete the task begun in 9c0a0e2ed: we don't want to use the
abbreviation "deleg" for GSS delegation in any user-visible places.
(For consistency, this also changes most internal uses too.)
Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949048.1684639317@sss.pgh.pa.us
Run pgindent, pgperltidy, and reformat-dat-files.
This set of diffs is a bit larger than typical. We've updated to
pg_bsd_indent 2.1.2, which properly indents variable declarations that
have multi-line initialization expressions (the continuation lines are
now indented one tab stop). We've also updated to perltidy version
20230309 and changed some of its settings, which reduces its desire to
add whitespace to lines to make assignments etc. line up. Going
forward, that should make for fewer random-seeming changes to existing
code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230428092545.qfb3y5wcu4cm75ur@alvherre.pgsql
In commit 9df8f903e I (tgl) switched join_is_removable() from
using the min relid sets of the join under consideration to
using its full syntactic relid sets. This was a mistake,
as it allowed join removal in cases where a reference to the
join output would survive in some syntactically-lower join
condition. Revert to the former coding.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-EU9uBGSP7G-iTwLBhRQ=rnZKvFDhD+n+xhajokyPCKg@mail.gmail.com
The idea of EvalPlanQual is that we replace the query's scan of the
result relation with a single injected tuple, and see if we get a
tuple out, thereby implying that the injected tuple still passes the
query quals. (In join cases, other relations in the query are still
scanned normally.) This logic was not updated when commit 86dc90056
made it possible for a single DML query plan to have multiple result
relations, when the query target relation has inheritance or partition
children. We replaced the output for the current result relation
successfully, but other result relations were still scanned normally;
thus, if any other result relation contained a tuple satisfying the
quals, we'd think the EPQ check passed, even if it did not pass for
the injected tuple itself. This would lead to update or delete
actions getting performed when they should have been skipped due to
a conflicting concurrent update in READ COMMITTED isolation mode.
Fix by blocking all sibling result relations from emitting tuples
during an EvalPlanQual recheck. In the back branches, the fix is
complicated a bit by the need to not change the size of struct
EPQState (else we'd have ABI-breaking changes in offsets in
struct ModifyTableState). Like the back-patches of 3f7836ff6
and 4b3e37993, add a separately palloc'd struct to avoid that.
The logic is the same as in HEAD otherwise.
This is only a live bug back to v14 where 86dc90056 came in.
However, I chose to back-patch the test cases further, on the
grounds that this whole area is none too well tested. I skipped
doing so in v11 though because none of the test applied cleanly,
and it didn't quite seem worth extra work for a branch with only
six months to live.
Per report from Ante Krešić (via Aleksander Alekseev)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMBTN3rcz4=AjYhLPD_w3FFT0Wq_C15jxCDn8U4tZnH1g@mail.gmail.com
Should a hash join exceed memory limit, the hashtable is split up into
multiple batches. The number of batches is doubled each time a given
batch is determined not to fit in memory. Each batch file is allocated
with a block-sized buffer for buffering tuples and parallel hash join
has additional sharedtuplestore accessor buffers.
In some pathological cases requiring a lot of batches, often with skewed
data, bad stats, or very large datasets, users can run out-of-memory
solely from the memory overhead of all the batch files' buffers.
Batch files were allocated in the ExecutorState memory context, making
it very hard to identify when this batch explosion was the source of an
OOM. This commit allocates the batch files in a dedicated memory
context, making it easier to identify the cause of an OOM and work to
avoid it.
Based on initial draft by Tomas Vondra, with significant reworks and
improvements by Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais.
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190421114618.z3mpgmimc3rmubi4@development
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230504193006.1b5b9622%40karst#273020ff4061fc7a2fbb1ba96b281f17
Add a high level description of our implementation of the hybrid hash
join algorithm to the block comment in nodeHashjoin.c.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230516160051.4267a800%40karst
Most (older) comments in md.c and smgr.c are indented with a leading
tab on all lines, which isn't the current style and makes updating the
comments a bit annoying. This reindents all these lines with a single
space, as is the normal style. This issue exists in various shapes
throughout the code but it's pretty consistent here, and since there
is a patch pending to refresh some of the comments in these files, it
seems sensible to clean this up here separately.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/22fed8ba-01c3-2008-a256-4ea912d68fab%40enterprisedb.com
Non-leaf pages of GiST indexes contain key attributes, leaf pages
contain both key and non-key attributes, and gist_page_items() ignored
the handling of non-key attributes. This caused a few problems when
using gist_page_items() on a GiST index with INCLUDE:
- On a non-leaf page, the function would crash.
- On a leaf page, the function would work, but miss to display all the
values for included attributes.
This commit fixes gist_page_items() to handle such cases in a more
appropriate way, and now displays the values of key and non-key
attributes for each item separately in a style consistent with what
ruleutils.c would generate for the attribute list, depending on the page
type dealt with. In a way similar to how a record is displayed, values
would be double-quoted for key or non-key attributes if required.
ruleutils.c did not provide a routine able to control if non-key
attributes should be displayed, so an extended() routine for index
definitions is added to work around the leaf and non-leaf page
differences.
While on it, this commit fixes a third problem related to the amount of
data reported for key attributes. The code originally relied on
BuildIndexValueDescription() (used for error reports on constraints)
that would not print all the data stored in the index but the index
opclass's input type, so this limited the amount of information
available. This switch makes gist_page_items() much cheaper as there is
no need to run ACL checks for each item printed, which is not an issue
anyway as superuser rights are required to execute the functions of
pageinspect. Opclasses whose data cannot be displayed can rely on
gist_page_items_bytea().
The documentation of this function was slightly incorrect for the
output results generated on HEAD and v15, so adjust it on these
branches.
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17884-cb8c326522977acb@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14
BRIN indexes did not properly distinguish between summaries for empty
(no rows) and all-NULL ranges, treating them as essentially the same
thing. Summaries were initialized with allnulls=true, and opclasses
simply reset allnulls to false when processing the first non-NULL value.
This however produces incorrect results if the range starts with a NULL
value (or a sequence of NULL values), in which case we forget the range
contains NULL values when adding the first non-NULL value.
This happens because the allnulls flag is used for two separate
purposes - to mark empty ranges (not representing any rows yet) and
ranges containing only NULL values.
Opclasses don't know which of these cases it is, and so don't know
whether to set hasnulls=true. Setting the flag in both cases would make
it correct, but it would also make BRIN indexes useless for queries with
IS NULL clauses. All ranges start empty (and thus allnulls=true), so all
ranges would end up with either allnulls=true or hasnulls=true.
The severity of the issue is somewhat reduced by the fact that it only
happens when adding values to an existing summary with allnulls=true.
This can happen e.g. for small tables (because a summary for the first
range exists for all BRIN indexes), or for tables with large fraction of
NULL values in the indexed columns.
Bulk summarization (e.g. during CREATE INDEX or automatic summarization)
that processes all values at once is not affected by this issue. In this
case the flags were updated in a slightly different way, not forgetting
the NULL values.
To identify empty ranges we use a new flag, stored in an unused bit in
the BRIN tuple header so the on-disk format remains the same. A matching
flag is added to BrinMemTuple, into a 3B gap after bt_placeholder.
That means there's no risk of ABI breakage, although we don't actually
pass the BrinMemTuple to any public API.
We could also skip storing index tuples for empty summaries, but then
we'd have to always process such ranges - even if there are no rows in
large parts of the table (e.g. after a bulk DELETE), it would still
require reading the pages etc. So we store them, but ignore them when
building the bitmap.
Backpatch to 11. The issue exists since BRIN indexes were introduced in
9.5, but older releases are already EOL.
Backpatch-through: 11
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
When merging BRIN summaries, union_tuples() did not correctly update the
target hasnulls/allnulls flags. When merging all-NULL summary into a
summary without any NULL values, the result had both flags set to false
(instead of having hasnulls=true).
This happened because the code only considered the hasnulls flags,
ignoring the possibility the source summary has allnulls=true.
Discovered while investigating issues with handling empty BRIN ranges
and handling of NULL values, but it's a separate problem (has nothing to
do with empty ranges).
Fixed by considering both flags on the source summary, and updating the
hasnulls flag on the target summary.
Backpatch to 11. The bug exists since 9.5 (where BRIN indexes were
introduced), but those releases are EOL already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d993d0d-e431-2196-9ccc-0554d0e60154%40enterprisedb.com
Pass it the RestrictInfo under consideration, not just the
clause_relids. This should save some trivial amount of
code at the call sites, and it gives us more flexibility
about what clause_is_computable_at() does. There's no
actual functional change here, though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564467.1684352557@sss.pgh.pa.us
Fixes memory error in cases where the length of the language name
returned by uloc_getLanguage() is exactly ULOC_LANG_CAPACITY, in which
case the status is set to U_STRING_NOT_TERMINATED_WARNING.
Also check in call sites for other ICU functions that are expected to
return a C string to be safe (no bug is known at these other call
sites).
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2098874d-c111-41e4-9063-30bcf135226b@gmail.com
28e626bde0 added the concept of IOOps but neglected to include writeback
operations. ac8d53dae5 added time spent doing these I/O operations. Without
counting writeback, checkpointer write time in the log often differed
substantially from that in pg_stat_io. To fix this, add IOOp IOOP_WRITEBACK
and track writeback in pg_stat_io.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230419172326.dhgyo4wrrhulovt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
For clarity of review, renaming the function parameter "context" in
ScheduleBufferTagForWriteback() and IssuePendingWritebacks() to
"wb_context" is a separate commit. The next commit adds an "io_context"
parameter and "wb_context" makes it more clear which is which.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_acc6iL4M3hvOTeztf_ZPpsB3Pqio5aVHgZ5q=Pi3BZKg@mail.gmail.com
After applying outer-join identity 3 in the forward direction,
it was possible for the planner to mistakenly apply a qual clause
from above the two outer joins at the now-lower join level.
This can give the wrong answer, since a value that would get nulled
by the now-upper join might not yet be null.
To fix, when we perform such a transformation, consider that the
now-lower join hasn't really completed the outer join it's nominally
responsible for and thus its relid set should not include that OJ's
relid (nor should its output Vars have that nullingrel bit set).
Instead we add those bits when the now-upper join is performed.
The existing rules for qual placement then suffice to prevent
higher qual clauses from dropping below the now-upper join.
There are a few complications from needing to consider transitive
closures in case multiple pushdowns have happened, but all in all
it's not a very complex patch.
This is all new logic (from 2489d76c4) so no need to back-patch.
The added test cases all have the same results as in v15.
Tom Lane and Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b819232-4b50-f245-1c7d-c8c61bf41827@postgrespro.ru
It seems like the code that these checks are backstopping may have
a few bugs left in it. Use a test-and-elog so that the tests are
performed even in non-assert builds, and so that we get something
more informative than "server closed the connection" on failure.
Committed separately with the idea that eventually we'll revert
this. It might be awhile though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3014965.1684293045@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is equivalent to a revert of f193883 and fb32748, with the addition
that the declaration of the SQLValueFunction node needs to gain a couple
of node_attr for query jumbling. The performance impact of removing the
function call inlining is proving to be too huge for some workloads
where these are used. A worst-case test case of involving only simple
SELECT queries with a SQL keyword is proving to lead to a reduction of
10% in TPS via pgbench and prepared queries on a high-end machine.
None of the tests I ran back for this set of changes saw such a huge
gap, but Alexander Lakhin and Andres Freund have found that this can be
noticeable. Keeping the older performance would mean to do more
inlining in the executor when using COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX for a function
expression, similarly to what SQLValueFunction does. This requires more
redesign work and there is little time until 16beta1 is released, so for
now reverting the change is the best way forward, bringing back the
previous performance.
Bump catalog version.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b32bed1b-0746-9b20-1472-4bdc9ca66d52@gmail.com
The problem that these messages protect against can only occur because
a corrupted hash spill file was written, i.e., a Postgres bug. There's
no reason to have them as translatable.
Backpatch to 15, where these messages were changed by commit c4649cce39.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230510175407.dwa5v477pw62ikyx@alvherre.pgsql
Commit a73952b795 (new in 16) required default values in guc_table.c
and C variable initializers to match. This one only matched when
XLOG_BLCKSZ == 8kB. Fix by using the same expression in both places
with a new DEFAULT_XXX macro, as done for other GUCs.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLNmLV=VrT==5MqnbARgx2ifRSFtdd8ofdfrdSLL3yv5A@mail.gmail.com
Give the new GUC introduced by d4e71df6 a name that is clearly not
intended for mainstream use quite yet.
Future proposals would drop the prefix only after adding infrastructure
to make it efficient. Having the switch in the tree sooner is good
because it might lead to new discoveries about the hazards awaiting us
on a wide range of systems, but that name was too enticing and could
lead to cross-version confusion in future, per complaints from Noah and
Justin.
Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (the idea, not the patch)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (ditto)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230430041106.GA2268796%40rfd.leadboat.com
I've had a bee in my bonnet for some time about getting rid of
RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down, because it's squishily defined and
requires not-inexpensive extra tests to use (cf RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN).
In commit 2489d76c4, I tried to make remove_rel_from_query() not
depend on that macro; but the replacement test is buggy,
as exposed by a report from Rushabh Lathia and Robert Haas.
That change was pretty incidental to the main goal of 2489d76c4,
so let's just revert it for now. (Getting rid of is_pushed_down
is still far away, anyway.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYco=hmg+iX1CW9Y1_CzNoSL81J03wUG-d2_3=rue+L2A@mail.gmail.com
There was some odd wording in corner-case gram.y error messages "some
error ... at or near", which appears to have been modeled after "syntax
error" messages. However, they don't work that way, and they're just
wrong. They're also uncovered by tests. Remove the trailing words,
and also add tests.
They were introduced with 5a2832465fd8; backpatch to 15.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
An update of the GUC stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction would be
able to trigger an assertion when doing cache->snapshot. In this case,
when retrieving a pgstat entry after the switch, a new snapshot would be
rebuilt, confusing pgstat_build_snapshot() because a snapshot is already
cached with an unexpected mode ("cache").
In order to fix this problem, this commit adds a flag to force a
snapshot clear each time this GUC is changed. Some tests are added to
check, while on it.
Some optimizations in avoiding the snapshot clear should be possible
depending on what is cached and the current GUC value, I guess, but this
solution is simple, and ensures that the state of the cache is updated
each time a new pgstat entry is fetched, hence being consistent with the
level wanted by the client that has set the GUC.
Note that cache->none and snapshot->none would not cause issues, as
fetching a pgstat entry would be retrieved from shared memory on the
second attempt, however a snapshot would still be cached. Similarly,
none->snapshot and none->cache would build a new snapshot on the second
fetch attempt. Finally, snapshot->cache would cache a new snapshot on
the second attempt.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17804-2a118cd046f2d0e5@postgresql.org
backpatch-through: 15
The callback function pa_shutdown() accesses MyLogicalRepWorker which may
not be initialized if there is an error during the initialization of the
parallel apply worker. The other problem is that by the time it is invoked
even after the initialization of the worker, the MyLogicalRepWorker will
be reset by another callback logicalrep_worker_onexit. So, it won't have
the required information.
To fix this, register the shutdown callback after we are attached to the
worker slot.
After this fix, we observed another issue which is that sometimes the
leader apply worker tries to receive the message from the error queue that
might already be detached by the parallel apply worker leading to an
error. To prevent such an error, we ensure that the leader apply worker
detaches from the parallel apply worker's error queue before stopping it.
Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDo+yUwNq6nTrvE2h9bB2vZfcag=jxWc7QxuWCmkDAqcA@mail.gmail.com
If an SRF in the FROM clause references a table having row-level
security policies, and we inline that SRF into the calling query,
we neglected to mark the plan as potentially dependent on which
role is executing it. This could lead to later executions in the
same session returning or hiding rows that should have been hidden
or returned instead.
Our thanks to Wolfgang Walther for reporting this problem.
Stephen Frost and Tom Lane
Security: CVE-2023-2455
The two methods don't cooperate, so set_config_option("search_path",
...) has been ineffective under non-empty overrideStack. This defect
enabled an attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute
arbitrary code as the bootstrap superuser. While that particular attack
requires v13+ for the trusted extension attribute, other attacks are
feasible in all supported versions.
Standardize on the combination of NewGUCNestLevel() and
set_config_option("search_path", ...). It is newer than
PushOverrideSearchPath(), more-prevalent, and has no known
disadvantages. The "override" mechanism remains for now, for
compatibility with out-of-tree code. Users should update such code,
which likely suffers from the same sort of vulnerability closed here.
Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Alexander Lakhin. Reported by Alexander Lakhin.
Security: CVE-2023-2454
This wait event was documented as "CommitTsBuffer" since its
introduction, but the code named it "CommitTSBuffer". This commit fixes
the code to follow the term documented, which is also more consistent
with the naming of the other wait events used for commit timestamps.
Introduced by 5da1493.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e8c38840-596a-83d6-bd8d-cebc51111572@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
RI_Initial_Check was setting up a list of RTEPermissionInfo for
ExecCheckPermissions() wrong, and the problem is subtle enough that it
doesn't have any immediate effect in core code. However, if an
extension is using the ExecutorCheckPerms_hook, then it would get the
wrong parameters and perhaps arrive at a wrong conclusion, or outright
malfunction. Fix by constructing that list and the RTE list more
honestly.
We also add an assertion check to verify that these lists match. This
new assertion would have caught this bug.
Co-authored-by: Олег Целебровский (Oleg Tselebrovskii) <o.tselebrovskiy@postgrespro.ru>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3722b7a2cbe27a1796ee40824bd86dd1@postgrespro.ru
These functions incautiously fetched the array's first lower bound
even when the array is zero-dimensional, thus fetching the word
after the allocated array space. While almost always harmless,
with very bad luck this could result in SIGSEGV. Fix by adding
an early exit for empty input.
Per bug #17920 from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17920-f7c228c627b6d02e%40postgresql.org
During exit, the logical replication apply worker tries to release session
level locks, if any. However, if the apply worker exits due to an error
before its connection is initialized, trying to release locks can lead to
assertion failure. The locks will be acquired once the worker is
initialized, so we don't need to release them till the worker
initialization is complete.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Hou Zhijie based on inputs from Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2185d65f-5aae-3efa-c48f-fb42b173ef5c@gmail.com
CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION with appended schema elements can lead to
crashes when comparing the schema name of the query with the schemas
used in the qualification of some clauses in the elements' queries.
The origin of the problem is that the transformation routine for the
elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query uses as new, expected, schema
name the one listed in CreateSchemaStmt itself. However, depending on
the query, CreateSchemaStmt.schemaname may be NULL, being computed
instead from the role specification of the query given by the
AUTHORIZATION clause, that could be either:
- A user name string, with the new schema name being set to the same
value as the role given.
- Guessed from CURRENT_ROLE, SESSION_ROLE or CURRENT_ROLE, with a new
schema name computed from the security context where CREATE SCHEMA is
running.
Regression tests are added for CREATE SCHEMA with some appended elements
(some of them with schema qualifications), covering also some role
specification patterns.
While on it, this simplifies the context structure used during the
transformation of the elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query by
removing the fields for the role specification and the role type. They
were not used, and for the role specification this could be confusing as
the schema name may by extracted from that at the beginning of
CreateSchemaCommand().
This issue exists for a long time, so backpatch down to all the versions
supported.
Reported-by: Song Hongyu
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17909-f65c12dfc5f0451d@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
Commit 7d71d3dd08 changed resetting the VacuumFailsafeActive flag to an
assertion since the flag is reset before starting vacuuming a relation.
This however failed to take recursive calls of vacuum_rel() and vacuum
of TOAST tables into consideration. Fix by reverting back to resettting
the flag.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsFz=GqaG5Ens5aNgVYoV2Y+pfMUijX0ku+CCkWfALwiqg@mail.gmail.com
The call to XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN() might return a
greater LSN than the one given to the function. Subsequent segment
number calculations might then underflow, which could result in
unexpected behavior when removing or recyling WAL files. This was
introduced with max_slot_wal_keep_size in c655077639. To fix, skip
the block of code for replication slots if the LSN is greater.
Reported-by: Xu Xingwang
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Junwang Zhao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17903-4288d439dee856c6%40postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 13
Commit 1021bd6a89 excluded autovacuum workers from cost-limit balance
calculations when per-relation options were set. The code checks for
limit and cost_delay being greater than zero, but since cost_delay can
be set to -1 the test needs to check for greater than or zero.
Backpatch to all supported branches since 1021bd6a89 was backpatched
all the way at the time.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBS7o6Ljt_vfqPQPf67AhzKu3fR0iqk8B=vVYczMugKMQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v11 (all supported branches)
The leak would show up when using batch inserts with foreign tables
included in a partition tree, as the slots used in the batch were not
reset once processed. In order to fix this problem, some
ExecClearTuple() are added to clean up the slots used once a batch is
filled and processed, mapping with the number of slots currently in use
as tracked by the counter ri_NumSlots.
This buffer refcount leak has been introduced in b676ac4 with the
addition of the executor facility to improve bulk inserts for FDWs, so
backpatch down to 14.
Alexander has provided the patch (slightly modified by me). The test
for postgres_fdw comes from me, based on the test case that the author
has sent in the report.
Author: Alexander Pyhalov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b035780a740efd38dc30790c76927255@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 14
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age was introduced before hot_standby_feedback and
replication slots existed. It is hard to use reasonably - commonly it will
either be set too low (not preventing recovery conflicts, while still causing
some bloat), or too high (causing a lot of bloat). The alternatives do not
have that issue.
That on its own might not be sufficient reason to remove
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age, but it also complicates computation of xid
horizons. See e.g. the bug fixed in be504a3e97. It also is untested.
This commit removes TransactionIdRetreatSafely(), as there are no users
anymore. There might be potential future users, hence noting that here.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230317230930.nhsgk3qfk7f4axls@awork3.anarazel.de
The name of this function suggests that it ought to reparent R/W
expanded objects to be children of the persistent aggcontext, instead
of copying them. In fact it does no such thing, and if you try to
make it do so you will see multiple regression failures. Rename it
to the less-misleading ExecAggCopyTransValue, and add commentary
about why that attractive-sounding optimization won't work. Also
adjust comments at call sites, some of which were describing logic
that has since been moved into ExecAggCopyTransValue.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3004282.1681930251@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 6df7a9698b accidentally included two identical prototypes for
default_multirange_selectivi() and commit 086cf1458c added a break;
statement where one was already present, thus duplicating it. While
there is no bug caused by this, fix by removing the duplicated lines
as they provide no value.
Backpatch the fix for duplicate prototypes to v14 and the duplicate
break statement fix to all supported branches to avoid backpatching
hazards due to the removal.
Reported-by: Anton Voloshin <a.voloshin@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e69cb60-0176-f6d0-7e15-6478b7d85724@postgrespro.ru
We need to call them only when validate == true.
Backpatch to 13, where opclass options were introduced.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2656633.1681831542%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Pavel Borisov
Backpatch-through: 13
For regex escape sequences, just test directly for the relevant ASCII
characters rather than using locale-sensitive character
classification.
This fixes an assertion failure when a locale considers a non-ASCII
character, such as "൧", to be a digit.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49Q6UoKGeT8pBkMtJGJd+16CBFZaaWUk9Du+2ERE5g_YA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
a9c70b46 added the statistics view pg_stat_io which contained columns
"io_context" and "io_object". Given that the columns are in the
pg_stat_io view, the "io" prefix is somewhat redundant, so remove it.
The code variables referring to these fields are kept unchanged so as
they can keep their context about I/O.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aAQoJWrvT2BYYQvJChFKra_O-5ra3jhzKJZqWsTR1CPQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 7d71d3dd0 introduced finer grained updates of autovacuum option
changes by increasing the frequency of reading the configuration file.
The debug logging of cost parameter was however changed such that some
initial values weren't logged. Fix by changing logging to use the old
frequency of logging regardless of them changing.
Also avoid taking a log for rendering the log message unless the set
loglevel is such that the log entry will be emitted.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBS7o6Ljt_vfqPQPf67AhzKu3fR0iqk8B=vVYczMugKMQ@mail.gmail.com
Old versions of Solaris and illumos had buffer overrun bugs in their
strxfrm() implementations. The bugs were fixed more than a decade ago
and the relevant releases are long out of vendor support. It's time to
remove the defense added by commit be8b06c3.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ-ZPJwKHVLbqye92-ZXeLoCHu5wJL6L6HhNP7FkJ=meA@mail.gmail.com
list_copy_head() given an empty List would crash from trying to
dereference the List to obtain its length. Since NIL is how we represent
an empty List, we should just be returning another empty List in this
case.
list_copy_head() is new to v16, so let's fix it now before too many people
start coding around the buggy NIL behavior.
Reported-by: Miroslav Bendik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPoEpV02WhawuWnmnKet6BqU63bEu7oec0pJc=nKMtPsHMzTXQ@mail.gmail.com
The "lev" name that appeared in NEWROOT nbtree record desc output was
inconsistent with the symbol name from the underlying C struct. It was
also inconsistent with nbtdesc output for other nearby record types with
similar level fields.
Standardize on "level" to make everything consistent.
Follow-up to commit 1c453cfd.
Recent enhancements to rmgr desc routines that made the output summarize
certain block data (added by commits 7d8219a4 and 1c453cfd) dealt with
records that lack relevant block data (and so have nothing to give a
more detailed summary of) by testing !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image. As a
result, more detailed descriptions of block data were not output when
wal_consistency_checking was enabled.
This bug affected records with summarizable block data that also
happened to have an FPI that the REDO routine isn't supposed to apply
(FPIs used for consistency checking purposes only). The presence of
such an FPI was incorrectly taken to indicate the absence of block data.
To fix, test DecodedBkpBlock.has_data, not !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image.
This is the exact condition that we care about, not an inexact proxy.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm5Sc9cBg1qWV_cEBfLNJCrW9FjS-SoHVt8FLA7Ldn8yg@mail.gmail.com
_bt_dedup_pass()'s heapRel argument hasn't been needed or used since
commit cf2acaf4dc made deleting any existing LP_DEAD index tuples the
caller's responsibility.
Commit c6f2f01611 purported to make
this work, but problems remained. In a plain-format backup, the
files from an in-place tablespace got included in the tar file for
the main tablespace, which is wrong but it's not clear that it
has any user-visible consequences. In a tar-format backup, the
TABLESPACE_MAP option is used, and so we never iterated over
pg_tblspc and thus never backed up the in-place tablespaces
anywhere at all.
To fix this, reverse the changes in that commit, so that when we scan
pg_tblspc during a backup, we create tablespaceinfo objects even for
in-place tablespaces. We set the field that would normally contain the
absolute pathname to the relative path pg_tblspc/${TSOID}, and that's
good enough to make basebackup.c happy without any further changes.
However, pg_basebackup needs a couple of adjustments to make it work.
First, it needs to understand that a relative path for a tablespace
means it's an in-place tablespace. Second, it needs to tolerate the
situation where restoring the main tablespace tries to create
pg_tblspc or a subdirectory and finds that it already exists, because
we restore user-defined tablespaces before the main tablespace.
Since in-place tablespaces are only intended for use in development
and testing, no back-patch.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobwvbEp+fLq2PykMYzizcvuNv0a7gPMJtxOTMOuuRLMHg@mail.gmail.com
This fixes many spelling mistakes in comments, but a few references to
invalid parameter names, function names and option names too in comments
and also some in string constants
Also, fix an #undef that was undefining the incorrect definition
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
If the last few pages in the specified range are empty (all zero),
then log_newpage_range() could try to emit an empty WAL record
containing no FPIs. This at least upsets an Assert in
ReserveXLogInsertLocation, and might perhaps have bad real-world
consequences in non-assert builds.
This has been broken since log_newpage_range() was introduced,
but the case was hard if not impossible to hit before commit 3d6a98457
decided it was okay to leave VM and FSM pages intentionally zero.
Nonetheless, it seems prudent to back-patch. log_newpage_range()
was added in v12 but later back-patched, so this affects all
supported branches.
Matthias van de Meent, per report from Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZD1daibg4RF50IOj@telsasoft.com
The finalfunc might return a read-write expanded object. If we
de-duplicate multiple call sites for the aggregate, any function(s)
receiving the aggregate result earlier could alter or destroy the
value that reaches the ones called later. This is a brown-paper-bag
bug in commit 42b746d4c, because we actually considered the need
for read-only-ness but failed to realize that it applied to the case
with a finalfunc as well as the case without.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. New error in HEAD,
no need for back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDm5TuKsh3tzoEjz@telsasoft.com
Commit 3e310d837 taught isAssignmentIndirectionExpr() to look through
CoerceToDomain nodes. That's not sufficient, because since commit
04fe805a1 it's been possible for the planner to simplify
CoerceToDomain to RelabelType when the domain has no constraints
to enforce. So we need to look through RelabelType too.
Per bug #17897 from Alexander Lakhin. Although 3e310d837 was
back-patched to v11, it seems sufficient to apply this change
to v12 and later, since 04fe805a1 came in in v12.
Dmitry Dolgov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17897-4216c546c3874044@postgresql.org
For some reason I had not implemented RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK support in
ExtendBufferedRelTo(), likely thinking it not being reachable. But it is
reachable, e.g. when replaying a WAL record for a page in a relation that
subsequently is truncated (likely only reachable when doing crash recovery or
PITR, not during ongoing streaming replication).
As now all of the RBM_* modes are supported, remove assertions checking mode.
As we had no test coverage for this scenario, add a new TAP test. There's
plenty more that ought to be tested in this area...
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/392271.1681238924%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b5eb82b-cb99-e0a4-b932-3dc60e2e3926@gmail.com
The partition pruning logic assumed that "b IS NOT true" was exactly the
same as "b IS FALSE". This is not the case when considering NULL values.
Fix this so we correctly include any partition which could hold NULL
values for the NOT case.
Additionally, this fixes a bug in the partition pruning code which handles
partitioned tables partitioned like ((NOT boolcol)). This is a seemingly
unlikely schema design, and it was untested and also broken.
Here we add tests for the ((NOT boolcol)) case and insert some actual data
into those tables and verify we do get the correct rows back when running
queries. I've also adjusted the existing boolpart tests to include some
data and verify we get the correct results too.
Both the bugs being fixed here could lead to incorrect query results with
fewer rows being returned than expected. No additional rows could have
been returned accidentally.
In passing, remove needless ternary expression. It's more simple just to
pass !is_not_clause to makeBoolConst(). It makes sense to do this so the
code is consistent with the bug fix in the "else if" condition just below.
David Kimura did submit a patch to fix the first of the issues here, but
that's not what's being committed here.
Reported-by: David Kimura
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Kimura
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHnPFjQ5qxs6J_p+g8=ww7GQvfn71_JE+Tygj0S7RdRci1uwPw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Hash join tuples reuse the HOT status bit to indicate match status
during hash join execution. Correct reuse requires clearing the bit in
all tuples. Serial hash join and parallel multi-batch hash join do so
upon inserting the tuple into the hashtable. Single batch parallel hash
join and batch 0 of unexpected multi-batch hash joins forgot to do this.
It hadn't come up before because hashtable tuple match bits are only
used for right and full outer joins and parallel ROJ and FOJ were
unsupported. 11c2d6fdf5 introduced support for parallel ROJ/FOJ but
neglected to ensure the match bits were reset.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAMbWs48Nde1Mv%3DBJv6_vXmRKHMuHZm2Q_g4F6Z3_pn%2B3EV6BGQ%40mail.gmail.com
bea3d7e has redesigned the regexp engine so as all the allocations go
through palloc() with a dedicated memory context. hba.c had to cope
with the past memory management logic by going through all the HBA and
ident lines generated, then directly free all the regexps found in
AuthTokens to ensure that no leaks would happen. Such leaks could
happen for example in the postmaster after a SIGHUP, in the event of
an HBA and/or ident reload failure where all the new content parsed must
be discarded, including all the regexps that may have been compiled.
Now that regexps are palloc()'d in their own memory context,
MemoryContextDelete() is enough to ensure that all the compiled regexps
are properly gone. Simplifying this logic in hba.c has the effect to
only remove code. Most of it is new in v16, except the part for regexps
compiled in ident entries for the system username, so doing this cleanup
now rather than when v17 opens for business will reduce future diffs
with the upcoming REL_16_STABLE.
Some comments were incorrect since bea3d7e, now fixed to reflect the
reality.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDdJ289Ky2qEj4h+@paquier.xyz
This GUC was renamed to debug_parallel_query in 5352ca22e. That commit
added an entry into map_old_guc_names[] to allow the old name still to
work. That was done to allow a transition time where the buildfarm
configs could be swapped over to use debug_parallel_query instead. That
work is now complete.
Here we remove the old name with the intention of breaking any user code
which is using force_parallel_query. As mentioned in the commit message
for 5352ca22e, it appeared many users were misled into thinking that
setting this GUC was doing something useful for them to make queries run
more quickly.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoR7EOz7Tvyzrd18FO-Dw2Cp4Uyq25TEWguK+XyCJtzOw@mail.gmail.com
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in a few places. These
inconsistencies were all introduced relatively recently, after the code
base had parameter name mismatches fixed in bulk (see commits starting
with commits 4274dc22 and 035ce1fe).
pg_bsd_indent still has a couple of similar inconsistencies, which I
(pgeoghegan) have left untouched for now.
Like all earlier commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.
WHen building with GSSAPI support, explicitly require MIT Kerberos and
check for gssapi_ext.h in configure.ac and meson.build. Also add
documentation explicitly stating that we now require MIT Kerberos when
building with GSSAPI support.
Reveiwed by: Johnathan Katz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abcc73d0-acf7-6896-e0dc-f5bc12a61bb1@postgresql.org
This reverts commit 3d03b24c3 (Revert Add support for Kerberos
credential delegation) which was committed on the grounds of concern
about portability, but on further review and discussion, it's clear that
we are better off explicitly requiring MIT Kerberos as that appears to
be the only GSSAPI library currently that's under proper maintenance
and ongoing development. The API used for storing credentials was added
to MIT Kerberos over a decade ago while for the other libraries which
appear to be mainly based on Heimdal, which exists explicitly to be a
re-implementation of MIT Kerberos, the API never made it to a released
version (even though it was added to the Heimdal git repo over 5 years
ago..).
This post-feature-freeze change was approved by the RMT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDDO6jaESKaBgej0%40tamriel.snowman.net
We can't assert that we're the only process attached to a barrier after
BarrierArriveAndDetachExceptLast(). Although that'll be true almost
always, a late-starting parallel worker can attach very briefly (that
is, immediately detach after checking the phase) right at that moment.
BarrierArriveAndDetachExceptLast() already contains an assertion like
that, but it holds a spinlock preventing the race. This thinko caused a
one-off failure on build farm animal chimaera.
Diagnosed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3590249.1680971629@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts commit e056c557ae and minor later fixes thereof.
There's a few problems in this new feature -- most notably regarding
pg_upgrade behavior, but others as well. This new feature is not in any
way critical on its own, so instead of scrambling to fix it we revert it
and try again in early 17 with these issues in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3801207.1681057430@sss.pgh.pa.us
Our policy since commit ab77a5a45 has been that a plan node having
any initplans is automatically not parallel-safe. (This could be
relaxed, but not today.) clean_up_removed_plan_level neglected
this, and could attach initplans to a parallel-safe child plan
node without clearing the plan's parallel-safe flag. That could
lead to "subplan was not initialized" errors at runtime, in case
an initplan referenced another one and only the referencing one
got transmitted to parallel workers.
The fix in clean_up_removed_plan_level is trivial enough.
materialize_finished_plan also moves initplans from one node
to another, but it's okay because it already copies the source
node's parallel_safe flag. The other place that does this kind
of thing is standard_planner's hack to inject a top-level Gather
when debug_parallel_query is active. But that's actually dead
code given that we're correctly enforcing the "initplans aren't
parallel safe" rule, so just replace it with an Assert that
there are no initplans.
Also improve some related comments.
Normally we'd add a regression test case for this sort of bug.
The mistake itself is already reached by existing tests, but there
is accidentally no visible problem. The only known test case that
creates an actual failure seems too indirect and fragile to justify
keeping it as a regression test (not least because it fails to fail
in v11, though the bug is clearly present there too).
Per report from Justin Pryzby. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDVt6MaNWkRDO1LQ@telsasoft.com
Clarify the goals of the recently added guidelines for rmgrdesc authors:
to avoid gratuitous inconsistencies across resource managers, and to
make it reasonably easy to write a reusable custom parser.
Beyond that, the guidelines leave rmgrdesc authors with a significant
amount of leeway. This even includes the leeway to invent custom
conventions (in cases where it's warranted).
Follow-up to commit 7d8219a4.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
Make heap desc routines that output status bit as arrays of constants
avoid outputting array literals that contain superfluous punctuation
characters that complicate parsing the output. Also make sure that no
heap desc routine repeats the same key name (at the same nesting level),
for the same reason. Arguably, these were both oversights in commit
7d8219a4.
In passing, make the desc output code (which covers Heap's DELETE,
UPDATE, HOT_UPDATE, LOCK, and LOCK_UPDATED record types) consistent in
terms of the output order of each field. This order also matches WAL
record struct order. Heap's DELETE desc output now shows the record's
xmax field for the first time (just like UPDATE/HOT_UPDATE records).
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=pNYtxiJ2Jx5Lj=fKo1OEZ4GE0p_kct+ugAUTqBwU46g@mail.gmail.com
Make xl_heap_lock's infobits_set field of type uint8, not int8. Using
int8 isn't appropriate given that the field just holds status bits.
This fixes an oversight in commit 0ac5ad5134.
In passing rename the nearby TransactionId field to "xmax" to make
things consistency with related records, such as xl_heap_lock_updated.
Deliberately avoid a bump in XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. No backpatch, either.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkCd3kOS8b7Rfxw7Mh1_6jvX=Nzo-CWR1VBTiOtVZkWHA@mail.gmail.com
There's no need to check if opt->arg is NULL since defGetString() already
does that and raises an ERROR if it is. Let's just remove that check.
Also, combine the two remaining ERRORs into a single check. It seems
better to give an indication about what sort of values we're looking for
rather than just to state that the value given isn't valid. Make
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT uppercase in this ERROR message too. It's already
upper case in one other error message, so make that consistent.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411.102335.1643720544536884844.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
We cannot use the generic array_desc approach with per-tuple nbtree
posting list update metadata because array_desc can only deal with fixed
width elements (e.g., page offset numbers). Using array_desc led to
incorrect rmgr descriptions for updates from nbtree DELETE/VACUUM WAL
records.
To fix, add specialized code to describe the update metadata as array
elements in desc output. We now iterate over the update metadata using
an approach that matches related REDO routines.
Also stop showing the updates offset number array separately in nbtree
DELETE/VACUUM desc output. It's redundant information, since the same
page offset numbers appear in the description of each individual update
element. Also make some small tweaks to the way that we format arrays
in all desc routines (not just nbtree desc routines) to make arrays a
little less verbose.
Oversight in commit 1c453cfd, which enhanced the nbtree rmgr desc
routines.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit 3d4fa227bc.
Per discussion and buildfarm, this depends on APIs that seem to not
be available on at least one platform (NetBSD). Should be certainly
possible to rework to be optional on that platform if necessary but bit
late for that at this point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3286097.1680922218@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, a PostgreSQL-specific callback checked by the regex engine
had a way to trigger a special error code REG_CANCEL if it detected that
the next call to CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() would certainly throw via
ereport().
A later proposed bugfix aims to move some complex logic out of signal
handlers, so that it won't run until the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
which makes the above design impossible unless we split
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into two phases, one to run logic and another to
ereport(). We may develop such a system in the future, but for the
regex code it is no longer necessary.
An earlier commit moved regex memory management over to our
MemoryContext system. Given that the purpose of the two-phase interrupt
checking was to free memory before throwing, something we don't need to
worry about anymore, it seems simpler to inject CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
directly into cancelation points, and just let it throw.
Since the plan is to keep PostgreSQL-specific concerns separate from the
main regex engine code (with a view to bein able to stay in sync with
other projects), do this with a new macro INTERRUPT(), customizable in
regcustom.h and defaulting to nothing.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Now that our regex engine uses palloc(), it's not necessary to set up a
special memory context callback to free compiled regexes. The regex has
no resources other than the memory that is already going to be freed in
bulk.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Previously, regex_t objects' memory was managed with malloc() and free()
directly. Switch to palloc()-based memory management instead.
Advantages:
* memory used by cached regexes is now visible with MemoryContext
observability tools
* cleanup can be done automatically in certain failure modes
(something that later commits will take advantage of)
* cleanup can be done in bulk
On the downside, there may be more fragmentation (wasted memory) due to
per-regex MemoryContext objects. This is a problem shared with other
cached objects in PostgreSQL and can probably be improved with later
tuning.
Thanks to Noah Misch for suggesting this general approach, which
unblocks later work on interrupts.
Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Unsurprisingly, this requires wal_level = logical to be set on the primary and
standby. The infrastructure added in 26669757b6 ensures that slots are
invalidated if the primary's wal_level is lowered.
Creating a slot on a standby waits for a xl_running_xact record to be
processed. If the primary is idle (and thus not emitting xl_running_xact
records), that can take a while. To make that faster, this commit also
introduces the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function. By executing it on the
primary, completion of slot creation on the standby can be accelerated.
Note that logical decoding on a standby does not itself enforce that required
catalog rows are not removed. The user has to use physical replication slots +
hot_standby_feedback or other measures to prevent that. If catalog rows
required for a slot are removed, the slot is invalidated.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion, for the addition of the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: FabrÌzio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Physical walsenders can't send data until it's been flushed; logical
walsenders can't decode and send data until it's been applied. On the
standby, the WAL is flushed first, which will only wake up physical
walsenders; and then applied, which will only wake up logical
walsenders.
Previously, all walsenders were awakened when the WAL was flushed. That
was fine for logical walsenders on the primary; but on the standby the
flushed WAL would have been not applied yet, so logical walsenders were
awakened too early.
Per idea from Jeff Davis and Amit Kapila.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+zO5LUeisabX10c81LU-fWMKO4M9Wyg1cdkbW7Hqh6vQ@mail.gmail.com
During WAL replay on the standby, when a conflict with a logical slot is
identified, invalidate such slots. There are two sources of conflicts:
1) Using the information added in 6af1793954, logical slots are invalidated if
required rows are removed
2) wal_level on the primary server is reduced to below logical
Uses the infrastructure introduced in the prior commit. FIXME: add commit
reference.
Change InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot() to use a recovery conflict to
interrupt use of a slot, if called in the startup process. The new recovery
conflict is added to pg_stat_database_conflicts, as confl_active_logicalslot.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the pg_stat_database_conflicts column.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID for the same reason.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Needed for logical decoding on a standby. Slots need to be invalidated because
of the horizon if rows required for logical decoding are removed. If the
primary's wal_level is lowered from 'logical', logical slots on the standby
need to be invalidated.
The new invalidation methods will be used in a subsequent commit.
Logical slots that have been invalidated can be identified via the new
pg_replication_slots.conflicting column.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the new pg_replication_slots column.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Previously we had checks for this in multiple places. Support for logical
decoding on standbys will add other forms of invalidation, making it worth
while to centralize the checks.
This slightly changes the error message for both the walsender and SQL
interface. Particularly the SQL interface error was inaccurate, as the "This
slot has never previously reserved WAL" portion was unreachable.
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
This is mainly useful because the upcoming logical-decoding-on-standby feature
adds further reasons for invalidating slots, and we don't want to end up with
multiple invalidated_* fields, or check different attributes.
Eventually we should consider not resetting restart_lsn when invalidating a
slot due to max_slot_wal_keep_size. But that's a user visible change, so left
for later.
Increases SLOT_VERSION, due to the changed field (with a different alignment,
no less).
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Provide a way to ask the kernel to use O_DIRECT (or local equivalent)
where available for data and WAL files, to avoid or minimize kernel
caching. This hurts performance currently and is not intended for end
users yet. Later proposed work would introduce our own I/O clustering,
read-ahead, etc to replace the facilities the kernel disables with this
option.
The only user-visible change, if the developer-only GUC is not used, is
that this commit also removes the obscure logic that would activate
O_DIRECT for the WAL when wal_sync_method=open_[data]sync and
wal_level=minimal (which also requires max_wal_senders=0). Those are
non-default and unlikely settings, and this behavior wasn't (correctly)
documented. The same effect can be achieved with io_direct=wal.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg%40mail.gmail.com
In order to have the option to use O_DIRECT/FILE_FLAG_NO_BUFFERING in a
later commit, we need the addresses of user space buffers to be well
aligned. The exact requirements vary by OS and file system (typically
sectors and/or memory pages). The address alignment size is set to
4096, which is enough for currently known systems: it matches modern
sectors and common memory page size. There is no standard governing
O_DIRECT's requirements so we might eventually have to reconsider this
with more information from the field or future systems.
Aligning I/O buffers on memory pages is also known to improve regular
buffered I/O performance.
Three classes of I/O buffers for regular data pages are adjusted:
(1) Heap buffers are now allocated with the new palloc_aligned() or
MemoryContextAllocAligned() functions introduced by commit 439f6175.
(2) Stack buffers now use a new struct PGIOAlignedBlock to respect
PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, if possible with this compiler. (3) The buffer
pool is also aligned in shared memory.
WAL buffers were already aligned on XLOG_BLCKSZ. It's possible for
XLOG_BLCKSZ to be configured smaller than PG_IO_ALIGNED_SIZE and thus
for O_DIRECT WAL writes to fail to be well aligned, but that's a
pre-existing condition and will be addressed by a later commit.
BufFiles are not yet addressed (there's no current plan to use O_DIRECT
for those, but they could potentially get some incidental speedup even
in plain buffered I/O operations through better alignment).
If we can't align stack objects suitably using the compiler extensions
we know about, we disable the use of O_DIRECT by setting PG_O_DIRECT to
0. This avoids the need to consider systems that have O_DIRECT but
can't align stack objects the way we want; such systems could in theory
be supported with more work but we don't currently know of any such
machines, so it's easier to pretend there is no O_DIRECT support
instead. That's an existing and tested class of system.
Add assertions that all buffers passed into smgrread(), smgrwrite() and
smgrextend() are correctly aligned, unless PG_O_DIRECT is 0 (= stack
alignment tricks may be unavailable) or the block size has been set too
small to allow arrays of buffers to be all aligned.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg@mail.gmail.com
Support GSSAPI/Kerberos credentials being delegated to the server by a
client. With this, a user authenticating to PostgreSQL using Kerberos
(GSSAPI) credentials can choose to delegate their credentials to the
PostgreSQL server (which can choose to accept them, or not), allowing
the server to then use those delegated credentials to connect to
another service, such as with postgres_fdw or dblink or theoretically
any other service which is able to be authenticated using Kerberos.
Both postgres_fdw and dblink are changed to allow non-superuser
password-less connections but only when GSSAPI credentials have been
delegated to the server by the client and GSSAPI is used to
authenticate to the remote system.
Authors: Stephen Frost, Peifeng Qiu
Reviewed-By: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CO1PR05MB8023CC2CB575E0FAAD7DF4F8A8E29@CO1PR05MB8023.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
a9c70b46db and 8aaa04b32S added counting of IO operations to a new view,
pg_stat_io. Now, add IO timing for reads, writes, extends, and fsyncs to
pg_stat_io as well.
This combines the tracking for pgBufferUsage with the tracking for pg_stat_io
into a new function pgstat_count_io_op_time(). This should make it a bit
easier to avoid the somewhat costly instr_time conversion done for
pgBufferUsage.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_ay5iKmnbXZ3DsauViF3eMxu4m1oNnJXqV_HyqYeg55Ww%40mail.gmail.com
Show a detailed description of the page offset number arrays that appear
in certain nbtree WAL records.
Also brings nbtree desc routines in line with the guidelines established
by recent commit 7d8219a4.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
Add helper functions that output arrays in a standard format, and use
the functions inside heapdesc routines. This allows tools like
pg_walinspect to show a detailed description of the page offset number
arrays for records like PRUNE and VACUUM (unless there was an FPI).
Also document the conventions that desc routines should follow. Only
the heapdesc routines follow the conventions for now, so they're just
guidelines for the time being.
Based on a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
Both pgstat_database and pgBufferUsage count IO timing for reads of temporary
relation blocks into local buffers. However, both failed to count write IO
timing for flushes of dirty local buffers. Fix.
Additionally, FlushRelationBuffers() seems to have omitted counting write
IO (both count and timing) stats for both pgstat_database and
pgBufferUsage. Fix.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230321023451.7rzy4kjj2iktrg2r%40awork3.anarazel.de
We now create pg_constaint rows for NOT NULL constraints with
contype='n'.
We propagate these constraints during operations such as adding
inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions, creating
tables LIKE other tables. We mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations; for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match NOT NULL ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it;
instead we match by column number. This means we don't require the
constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.
For now, we omit them from system catalogs. Maybe this is worth
reconsidering. We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)
This has been very long in the making. The first patch was written by
Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value ('n'),
which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one was
killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints. However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.
In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring additional pg_attribute columns to
track the OID of the NOT NULL constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACA0E642A0267EDA387AF2B%40%5B172.26.14.62%5D
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AANLkTinLXMOEMz+0J29tf1POokKi4XDkWJ6-DDR9BKgU@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707213401.GA27098@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1343682669-sup-2532@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817181249.q7qvj3okywctra3c@alvherre.pgsql
The old wording described these as being multiplied by max_connections
plus max_prepared_transactions, which hasn't been exactly right for
some time thanks to the addition of various auxiliary processes.
Moreover, exactness here is a bit pointless given that the lock tables
can expand into the initially-unallocated "slop" space in shared
memory. Rather than trying to track exactly what the code is doing,
let's just use the term "server processes".
Likewise adjust these GUCs' description strings in guc_tables.c.
Wang Wei, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB6275BDD09C9B875C65FCC5AB9EA39@OS3PR01MB6275.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The same condition accidentally was copied to both branches. Manual testing
confirms that otherwise the error recovery path works fine.
Found while reviewing the logical-decoding-on-standby patch.
This commit adds a limit to the size of an XLogRecord at 1020MB, based
on a suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas. This counts for the overhead
needed by the XLogReader when allocating the memory it needs to read a
record in DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(), based on the record size. An
assertion based on that is added to detect that any additions in the
XLogReader facilities would not cause any overflows. If that's ever the
case, the upper bound allowed would need to be adjusted.
Before this, it was possible for an external module to create WAL
records large enough to be assembled but not replayable, causing
failures when replaying such WAL records on standbys. One case
mentioned where this is possible is the in-core function
pg_logical_emit_message() (wrapper for LogLogicalMessage), that allows
to emit WAL records with an arbitrary amount of data potentially higher
than the replay limit of approximately 1GB (limit of a palloc, minus the
overhead needed by a XLogReader).
This commit is a follow-up of ffd1b6b that has added similar protections
for the block-level data. Here, the checks are extended to the whole
record length, mainrdata_len being extended from uint32 to uint64 with
the routines registering buffer and record data still limited to uint32
to minimize the checks when assembling a record. All the error messages
related to overflow checks are improved to provide more context about
the error happening.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WgGiw+LZt+vHf8tWqB_6VxeLsMeoAuod0N=ij1q17n5pw@mail.gmail.com
1cbbee033 added BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands, so
here we permit that option to be specified in vacuumdb.
In passing, adjust the documents for vacuum_buffer_usage_limit and the
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT VACUUM option to mention "kB" rather than "KB". Do the
same for the ERROR message in ExecVacuum() and
check_vacuum_buffer_usage_limit(). Without that we might tell a user that
the valid minimum value is 128 KB only to reject that because we accept
only "kB" and not "KB".
Also, add a small reminder comment in vacuum.h to try to trigger the
memory of anyone adding new fields to VacuumParams that they might want to
consider if vacuumdb needs to grow a new option too.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZAzTg3iEnubscvbf@telsasoft.com
While we already had some form of bulk extension for relations, it was fairly
limited. It only amortized the cost of acquiring the extension lock, the
relation itself was still extended one-by-one. Bulk extension was also solely
triggered by contention, not by the amount of data inserted.
To address this, use ExtendBufferedRelBy(), introduced in 31966b151e, to
extend the relation. We try to extend the relation by multiple blocks in two
situations:
1) The caller tells RelationGetBufferForTuple() that it will need multiple
pages. For now that's only used by heap_multi_insert(), see commit FIXME.
2) If there is contention on the extension lock, use the number of waiters for
the lock as a multiplier for the number of blocks to extend by. This is
similar to what we already did. Previously we additionally multiplied the
numbers of waiters by 20, but with the new relation extension
infrastructure I could not see a benefit in doing so.
Using the freespacemap to provide empty pages can cause significant
contention, and adds measurable overhead, even if there is no contention. To
reduce that, remember the blocks the relation was extended by in the
BulkInsertState, in the extending backend. In case 1) from above, the blocks
the extending backend needs are not entered into the FSM, as we know that we
will need those blocks.
One complication with using the FSM to record empty pages, is that we need to
insert blocks into the FSM, when we already hold a buffer content lock. To
avoid doing IO while holding a content lock, release the content lock before
recording free space. Currently that opens a small window in which another
backend could fill the block, if a concurrent VACUUM records the free
space. If that happens, we retry, similar to the already existing case when
otherBuffer is provided. In the future it might be worth closing the race by
preventing VACUUM from recording the space in newly extended pages.
This change provides very significant wins (3x at 16 clients, on my
workstation) for concurrent COPY into a single relation. Even single threaded
COPY is measurably faster, primarily due to not dirtying pages while
extending, if supported by the operating system (see commit 4d330a61bb). Even
single-row INSERTs benefit, although to a much smaller degree, as the relation
extension lock rarely is the primary bottleneck.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Add new options to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands called
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to allow users more control over how large to make the
buffer access strategy that is used to limit the usage of buffers in
shared buffers. Larger rings can allow VACUUM to run more quickly but
have the drawback of VACUUM possibly evicting more buffers from shared
buffers that might be useful for other queries running on the database.
Here we also add a new GUC named vacuum_buffer_usage_limit which controls
how large to make the access strategy when it's not specified in the
VACUUM/ANALYZE command. This defaults to 256KB, which is the same size as
the access strategy was prior to this change. This setting also
controls how large to make the buffer access strategy for autovacuum.
Per idea by Andres Freund.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb@awork3.anarazel.de
A future commit will use this information to determine how aggressively to
extend the relation by. In heap_multi_insert() we know accurately how many
pages we need once we need to extend the relation, providing an accurate lower
bound for how much to extend.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Allow autovacuum to reload the config file more often so that cost-based
delay parameters can take effect while VACUUMing a relation. Previously,
autovacuum workers only reloaded the config file once per relation
vacuumed, so config changes could not take effect until beginning to
vacuum the next table.
Now, check if a reload is pending roughly once per block, when checking
if we need to delay.
In order for autovacuum workers to safely update their own cost delay
and cost limit parameters without impacting performance, we had to
rethink when and how these values were accessed.
Previously, an autovacuum worker's wi_cost_limit was set only at the
beginning of vacuuming a table, after reloading the config file.
Therefore, at the time that autovac_balance_cost() was called, workers
vacuuming tables with no cost-related storage parameters could still
have different values for their wi_cost_limit_base and wi_cost_delay.
Now that the cost parameters can be updated while vacuuming a table,
workers will (within some margin of error) have no reason to have
different values for cost limit and cost delay (in the absence of
cost-related storage parameters). This removes the rationale for keeping
cost limit and cost delay in shared memory. Balancing the cost limit
requires only the number of active autovacuum workers vacuuming a table
with no cost-based storage parameters.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
Vacuum code run both by autovacuum workers and a backend doing
VACUUM/ANALYZE previously inspected VacuumCostLimit and VacuumCostDelay,
which are the global variables backing the GUCs vacuum_cost_limit and
vacuum_cost_delay.
Autovacuum workers needed to override these variables with their
own values, derived from autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit and
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay and worker cost limit balancing logic.
This led to confusing code which, in some cases, both derived and
set a new value of VacuumCostLimit from VacuumCostLimit.
In preparation for refreshing these GUC values more often, introduce
new, independent global variables and add a function to update them
using the GUCs and existing logic.
Per suggestion by Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
While vacuuming a table in failsafe mode, VacuumCostActive should
not be re-enabled. This currently isn't a problem because vacuum
cost parameters are only refreshed in between vacuuming tables and
failsafe status is reset for every table.
In preparation for allowing vacuum cost parameters to be updated
more frequently, elevate LVRelState->failsafe_active to a global,
VacuumFailsafeActive, which will be checked when determining whether
or not to re-enable vacuum cost-related delays.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
tsquery's GETQUERY() macro is only safe to apply to a tsquery
that is known non-empty; otherwise it gives a pointer to garbage.
Before commit 5a617d75d, ts_headline() avoided this pitfall, but
only in a very indirect, nonobvious way. (hlCover could not reach
its TS_execute call, because if the query contains no lexemes
then hlFirstIndex would surely return -1.) After that commit,
it fell into the trap, resulting in weird errors such as
"unrecognized operator" and/or valgrind complaints. In HEAD,
fix this by not calling TS_execute_locations() at all for an
empty query. In the back branches, add a defensive check to
hlCover() --- that's not fixing any live bug, but I judge the
code a bit too fragile as-is.
Also, both mark_hl_fragments() and mark_hl_words() were careless
about the possibility of empty search text: in the cases where
no match has been found, they'd end up telling mark_fragment() to
mark from word indexes 0 to 0 inclusive, even when there is no
word 0. This is harmless since we over-allocated the prs->words
array, but it does annoy valgrind. Fix so that the end index is -1
and thus mark_fragment() will do nothing in such cases.
Bottom line is that this fixes a live bug in HEAD, but in the
back branches it's only getting rid of a valgrind nitpick.
Back-patch anyway.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c27f642d-020b-01ff-ae61-086af287c4fd@gmail.com
Starting with commit 7db0cd2145, RelationGetBufferForTuple() did a
visibilitymap_pin() while holding an exclusive buffer content lock on a newly
extended page, when using COPY FREEZE. We elsewhere try hard to avoid to doing
IO while holding a content lock. And until 14f98e0af9, that happened while
holding the relation extension lock.
Practically, this isn't a huge issue, because COPY FREEZE is restricted to
relations created or truncated in the current session, so it's unlikely
there's a lot of contention.
We can't avoid doing IO while holding the content lock by pinning the VM
earlier, because we don't know which page it will be on.
While we could just ignore the issue in this case, a future commit will add
bulk relation extension, which needs to enter pages into the FSM while also
trying to hold onto a buffer lock.
To address this issue, use visibilitymap_pin_ok() to see if the relevant
buffer is already pinned. If not, release the buffer, pin the VM buffer, and
acquire the lock again. This opens up a small window for other backends to
insert data onto the page - as the page is not entered into the freespacemap,
other backends won't see it normally, but a concurrent vacuum could enter the
page, if it started just after the relation is extended. In case the page is
used by another backend, retry. This is very similar to how locking
"otherBuffer" is already dealt with.
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230325025740.wzvchp2kromw4zqz@awork3.anarazel.de
GetVisibilityMapPins() insisted on the buffer1/buffer2 being in a specific
order. This required checks at the callsite. As a subsequent patch will add
another callsite, move related logic into GetVisibilityMapPins().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230403190030.fk2frxv6faklrseb@awork3.anarazel.de
zstd compression supports a special mode for finding matched in distant
past, which may result in better compression ratio, at the expense of
using more memory (the window size is 128MB).
To enable this optional mode, use the "long" keyword when specifying the
compression method (--compress=zstd:long).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230224191840.GD1653@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220327205020.GM28503@telsasoft.com
vacuum() is used for both the VACUUM command and for autovacuum. There
were many prechecks being done inside vacuum() that were just not relevant
to autovacuum. Let's move the bulk of these into ExecVacuum() so that
they're only executed when running the VACUUM command. This removes a
small amount of overhead when autovacuum vacuums a table.
While we are at it, allocate VACUUM's BufferAccessStrategy in ExecVacuum()
and pass it into vacuum() instead of expecting vacuum() to make it if it's
not already made by the calling function. To make this work, we need to
create the vacuum memory context slightly earlier, so we now need to pass
that down to vacuum() so that it's available for use in other memory
allocations.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230405211534.4skgskbilnxqrmxg@awork3.anarazel.de
A few places are not converted. Some because they are tackled in later
commits (e.g. hio.c, xlogutils.c), some because they are more
complicated (e.g. brin_pageops.c). Having a few users of ReadBuffer(P_NEW) is
good anyway, to ensure the backward compat path stays working.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
32fbe0239 changed things so we didn't bother allocating the
BufferAccessStrategy during VACUUM (ONLY_DATABASE_STATS); and VACUUM
(FULL), however, it forgot to consider that VACUUM (FULL, ANALYZE) is a
possible combination. That change would have resulted in such a command
allowing ANALYZE to make full use of shared buffers, which wasn't
intended, so fix that.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bJRKe+v_=OqwC+5sA3j5qv8rqdAwy3+yHaO3wmtfrCRg@mail.gmail.com
pg_stat_statements relies on EState->es_processed to count the number of
rows processed by ExecutorRun(). This proves to be a problem under the
extended query protocol when the result of a query is fetched through
more than one call of ExecutorRun(), as es_processed is reset each time
ExecutorRun() is called. This causes pg_stat_statements to report the
number of rows calculated in the last execute fetch, rather than the
global sum of all the rows processed.
As pquery.c tells, this is a problem when a portal does not use
holdStore. For example, DMLs with RETURNING would report a correct
tuple count as these do one execution cycle when the query is first
executed to fill in the portal's store with one ExecutorRun(), feeding
on the portal's store for each follow-up execute fetch depending on the
fetch size requested by the client.
The fix proposed for this issue is simple with the addition of an extra
counter in EState that's preserved across multiple ExecutorRun() calls,
incremented with the value calculated in es_processed. This approach is
not back-patchable, unfortunately.
Note that libpq does not currently give any way to control the fetch
size when using the extended v3 protocol, meaning that in-core testing
is not possible yet. This issue can be easily verified with the JDBC
driver, though, with *autocommit disabled*. Hence, having in-core tests
requires more features, left for future discussion:
- At least two new libpq routines splitting PQsendQueryGuts(), one for
the bind/describe and a second for a series of execute fetches with a
custom fetch size, likely in a fashion similar to what JDBC does.
- A psql meta-command for the execute phase. This part is not strictly
mandatory, still it could be handy.
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan (original discovery by Simon Siggs)
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EBE6C507-9EB6-4142-9E4D-38B1673363A7@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c90890e7-9c89-c34f-d3c5-d5c763a34bd8@dunslane.net
The primary bottlenecks for relation extension are:
1) The extension lock is held while acquiring a victim buffer for the new
page. Acquiring a victim buffer can require writing out the old page
contents including possibly needing to flush WAL.
2) When extending via ReadBuffer() et al, we write a zero page during the
extension, and then later write out the actual page contents. This can
nearly double the write rate.
3) The existing bulk relation extension infrastructure in hio.c just amortized
the cost of acquiring the relation extension lock, but none of the other
costs.
Unfortunately 1) cannot currently be addressed in a central manner as the
callers to ReadBuffer() need to acquire the extension lock. To address that,
this this commit moves the responsibility for acquiring the extension lock
into bufmgr.c functions. That allows to acquire the relation extension lock
for just the required time. This will also allow us to improve relation
extension further, without changing callers.
The reason we write all-zeroes pages during relation extension is that we hope
to get ENOSPC errors earlier that way (largely works, except for CoW
filesystems). It is easier to handle out-of-space errors gracefully if the
page doesn't yet contain actual tuples. This commit addresses 2), by using the
recently introduced smgrzeroextend(), which extends the relation, without
dirtying the kernel page cache for all the extended pages.
To address 3), this commit introduces a function to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at a time.
There are three new exposed functions: ExtendBufferedRel() for extending the
relation by a single block, ExtendBufferedRelBy() to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at once, and ExtendBufferedRelTo() for extending a relation up
to a certain size.
To avoid duplicating code between ReadBuffer(P_NEW) and the new functions,
ReadBuffer(P_NEW) now implements relation extension with
ExtendBufferedRel(), using a flag to tell ExtendBufferedRel() that the
relation lock is already held.
Note that this commit does not yet lead to a meaningful performance or
scalability improvement - for that uses of ReadBuffer(P_NEW) will need to be
converted to ExtendBuffered*(), which will be done in subsequent commits.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
A future patch will add support for extending relations by multiple blocks at
once. To be concurrency safe, the buffers for those blocks need to be marked
as BM_IO_IN_PROGRESS. Until now we only had infrastructure for recovering from
an IO error for a single buffer. This commit extends that infrastructure to
multiple buffers by using the resource owner infrastructure.
This commit increases the size of the ResourceOwnerData struct, which appears
to have a just about measurable overhead in very extreme workloads. Medium
term we are planning to substantially shrink the size of
ResourceOwnerData. Short term the increase is small enough to not worry about
it for now.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029200025.w7bvlgvamjfo6z44@awork3.anarazel.de
Merge and hash joins can support antijoin with the non-nullable input
on the right, using very simple combinations of their existing logic
for right join and anti join. This gives the planner more freedom
about how to order the join. It's particularly useful for hash join,
since we may now have the option to hash the smaller table instead
of the larger.
Richard Guo, reviewed by Ronan Dunklau and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48xh9hMzXzSy3VaPzGAz+fkxXXTUbCLohX1_L8THFRm2Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously we held buffer locks for two buffer mapping partitions at the same
time to change the identity of buffers. Particularly for extending relations
needing to hold the extension lock while acquiring a victim buffer is
painful.But it also creates a bottleneck for workloads that just involve
reads.
Now we instead first acquire a victim buffer and write it out, if
necessary. Then we remove that buffer from the old partition with just the old
partition's partition lock held and insert it into the new partition with just
that partition's lock held.
By separating out the victim buffer acquisition, future commits will be able
to change relation extensions to scale better.
On my workstation, a micro-benchmark exercising buffered reads strenuously and
under a lot of concurrency, sees a >2x improvement.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit 47bb9db75 taught AcquireExecutorLocks to re-acquire locks
on views using data from their RTE_SUBQUERY replacements, but
it now seems like we should make AcquirePlannerLocks do the same.
In this way, if a view has been redefined, we will notice that
a bit earlier while checking validity of a cached plan and thereby
avoid some wasted work.
Report and patch by Amit Langote.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqH0xZOQ+GQAdKeckY1R4NOeHdzhtfxkAMJLSchpapNk5w@mail.gmail.com
This adds a few more assertions against a buffer being local in places we
don't expect, and extracts the check for a buffer being pinned exactly once
from LockBufferForCleanup() into its own function. Later commits will use this
function.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/419312fd-9255-078c-c3e3-f0525f911d7f@iki.fi
smgrzeroextend() uses FileFallocate() to efficiently extend files by multiple
blocks. When extending by a small number of blocks, use FileZero() instead, as
using posix_fallocate() for small numbers of blocks is inefficient for some
file systems / operating systems. FileZero() is also used as the fallback for
FileFallocate() on platforms / filesystems that don't support fallocate.
A big advantage of using posix_fallocate() is that it typically won't cause
dirty buffers in the kernel pagecache. So far the most common pattern in our
code is that we smgrextend() a page full of zeroes and put the corresponding
page into shared buffers, from where we later write out the actual contents of
the page. If the kernel, e.g. due to memory pressure or elapsed time, already
wrote back the all-zeroes page, this can lead to doubling the amount of writes
reaching storage.
There are no users of smgrzeroextend() as of this commit. That will follow in
future commits.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
In v13 and v14, the ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER USER variant malfunctioned
on cloned triggers, failing to find the clones because it thought they
were system triggers. Other variants of ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER would
improperly apply a superuserness check. Fix by adjusting the is-it-
a-system-trigger check to match reality in those branches. (As far
as I can find, this is the only place that got it wrong.)
There's no such bug in v15/HEAD, because we revised the catalog
representation of system triggers to be what this code was expecting.
However, add the test case to these branches anyway, because this area
is visibly pretty fragile. Also remove an obsoleted comment.
The recent v15/HEAD commit 6949b921d fixed a nearby bug. I now see
that my commit message for that was inaccurate: the behavior of
recursing to clone triggers is older than v15, but it didn't apply
to the case in v13/v14 because in those branches parent partitioned
tables have no pg_trigger entries for foreign-key triggers. But add
the test case from that commit to v13/v14, just to show what is
happening there.
Per bug #17886 from DzmitryH.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17886-5406d5d828aa4aa3@postgresql.org
The read path needs to be able to initialize pages anyway, as relation
extensions are not durable. By avoiding initializing pages, we can, in a
future patch, extend the relation by multiple blocks at once.
Using smgrextend() for {vm,fsm}_extend() is not a good idea in general, as at
least one page of the VM/FSM will be read immediately after, always causing a
cache miss, requiring us to read content we just wrote.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230301223515.pucbj7nb54n4i4nv@awork3.anarazel.de
This is mainly a light renumbering to match the sections in the
standard.
The comments for SQL_IMPLEMENTATION_INFO and SQL_SIZING are no longer
applicable because the required information has been moved into part
9.
fill_seq_fork_with_data(), used to initialize a new sequence relation, only
locked the buffer after calling PageInit(), even though PageInit() modifies
page contents.
This is unlikely to cause real-world issues, as the relation is exclusively
locked at that point, and the buffer not yet marked dirty, so other processes
should not access the buffer.
This issue looks to have been present since the introduction of sequences in
e8647c45d6.
Given the low risk, it does not seem worth backpatching the fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230404185501.wdkmo3k7bedlx6qk@awork3.anarazel.de
Convert to BCP47 language tags before storing in the catalog, except
during binary upgrade or when the locale comes from an existing
collation or template database.
The resulting language tags can vary slightly between ICU
versions. For instance, "@colBackwards=yes" is converted to
"und-u-kb-true" in older versions of ICU, and to the simpler (but
equivalent) "und-u-kb" in newer versions.
The process of canonicalizing to a language tag also understands more
input locale string formats than ucol_open(). For instance,
"fr_CA.UTF-8" is misinterpreted by ucol_open() and the region is
ignored; effectively treating it the same as the locale "fr" and
opening the wrong collator. Canonicalization properly interprets the
language and region, resulting in the language tag "fr-CA", which can
then be understood by ucol_open().
This commit fixes a problem in prior versions due to ucol_open()
misinterpreting locale strings as described above. For instance,
creating an ICU collation with locale "fr_CA.UTF-8" would store that
string directly in the catalog, which would later be passed to (and
misinterpreted by) ucol_open(). After this commit, the locale string
will be canonicalized to language tag "fr-CA" in the catalog, which
will be properly understood by ucol_open(). Because this fix affects
the resulting collator, we cannot change the locale string stored in
the catalog for existing databases or collations; otherwise we'd risk
corrupting indexes. Therefore, only canonicalize locales for
newly-created (not upgraded) collations/databases. For similar
reasons, do not backport.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c7af6820aed94dc7bc259d2aa7f9663518e6137.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
This option is normally false, but can be set to true to obtain
the legacy behavior where the subscription runs with the permissions
of the subscription owner rather than the permissions of the
table owner. The advantages of this mode are (1) it doesn't require
that the subscription owner have permission to SET ROLE to each
table owner and (2) since no role switching occurs, the
SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions do not apply.
On the downside, it allows any table owner to easily usurp
the privileges of the subscription owner - basically, to take
over their account. Because that's generally quite undesirable,
we don't make this mode the default, but we do make it available,
just in case the new behavior causes too many problems for someone.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ-WEeG6Z14AfH7KhmpX2eFh+tZ0z+vf0=eMDdbda269g@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, logical replication actions have been performed as the
subscription owner, who will generally be a superuser. Commit
cec57b1a0f documented hazards
associated with that situation, namely, that any user who owns a
table on the subscriber side could assume the privileges of the
subscription owner by attaching a trigger, expression index, or
some other kind of executable code to it. As a remedy, it suggested
not creating configurations where users who are not fully trusted
own tables on the subscriber.
Although that will work, it basically precludes using logical
replication in the way that people typically want to use it,
namely, to replicate a database from one node to another
without necessarily having any restrictions on which database
users can own tables. So, instead, change logical replication to
execute INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and TRUNCATE operations as the
table owner when they are replicated.
Since this involves switching the active user frequently within
a session that is authenticated as the subscription user, also
impose SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions on logical
replication code. As an exception, if the table owner can SET
ROLE to the subscription owner, these restrictions have no
security value, so don't impose them in that case.
Subscription owners are now required to have the ability to
SET ROLE to every role that owns a table that the subscription
is replicating. If they don't, replication will fail. Superusers,
who normally own subscriptions, satisfy this property by default.
Non-superusers users who own subscriptions will need to be
granted the roles that own relevant tables.
Patch by me, reviewed (but not necessarily in its entirety) by
Jelte Fennema, Jeff Davis, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaSCkg9ww9oppPqqs+9RVqCexYCE6Aq=UsYPfnOoDeFkw@mail.gmail.com
- At the last minute and for no particularly good reason, I changed the
WITHOUT token to be marked especially for lookahead, from the one in
WITHOUT TIME to the one in WITHOUT UNIQUE. Study of upcoming patches
(where a new WITHOUT ARRAY WRAPPER clause is added) showed me that the
former was better, so put it back the way the original patch had it.
- update exprTypmod() for JsonConstructorExpr to return the typmod of
the RETURNING clause, as a comment there suggested. Perhaps it's
possible for this to make a difference with datetime types, but I
didn't try to build a test case.
- The nodeFuncs.c support code for new nodes was calling walker()
directly instead of the WALK() macro as introduced by commit 1c27d16e6e.
Modernize that. Also add exprLocation() support for a couple of nodes
that missed it. Lastly, reorder the code more sensibly.
The WITHOUT_LA -> WITHOUT change means that stored rules containing
either WITHOUT TIME ZONE or WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS would change
representation. Therefore, bump catversion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230329181708.e64g2tpy7jyufqkr@alvherre.pgsql
The trace point was using the relfileno / fork / block for the to-be-read-in
buffer. Some upcoming work would make that more expensive to provide. We still
have buffer-flush-start/done, which can serve most tracing needs that
buffer-write-dirty could serve.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f5164e7a-eef6-8972-75a3-8ac622ed0c6e@iki.fi
Commit 61b313e4 made VACUUM pass down a heaprel to index AM bulkdelete
and vacuumcleanup routines. Although this was primarily intended as
preparation for logical decoding on standbys, it also made it easy to
correct an old deficiency in how we determine how to cleanup SP-GiST
redirect and placeholder tuples.
Pass the heaprel to GlobalVisTestFor() during cleanup of redirect and
placeholder tuples, rather than pessimistically passing NULL.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/02392033-f030-a3c8-c7d0-5c27eb529fec@gmail.com
Commit 61b313e4 made nbtree consistently pass down a heaprel to low
level routines like _bt_getbuf(). Although this was primarily intended
as preparation for logical decoding on standbys, it also made it easy to
correct an old deficiency in how nbtree VACUUM determines whether or not
it's now safe to recycle deleted pages.
Pass the heaprel to GlobalVisTestFor() in nbtree routines that deal with
recycle safety. nbtree now makes less pessimistic assumptions about
recycle safety within non-catalog relations. This enhancement
complements the recycling enhancement added by commit 9dd963ae25.
nbtree remains just as pessimistic as ever when it comes to recycle
safety within indexes on catalog relations. There is no fundamental
reason why we need to treat catalog relations differently, though. The
behavioral inconsistency is a consequence of the way that nbtree uses
nextXID values to implement what Lanin and Shasha call "the drain
technique". Note in particular that it has nothing to do with whether
or not index tuples might still be required for an older MVCC snapshot.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkaiDxCje0yPuH=3Uh2p1V_2pFGY==xfbZoZu7Ax_NB8g@mail.gmail.com
In USE_VALGRIND builds, add code to print the text of the current query
to the valgrind log whenever the valgrind error count has increased
during the query. Valgrind will already have printed its report,
if the error is distinct from ones already seen, so that this works
out fairly well as a way of annotating the log.
Onur Tirtir and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR83MB0498531E804DC8DF8CFF0E8FE9D09@AM9PR83MB0498.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
The new name better reflects what the field is - the size of the buffers[]
array. ring_size sounded more like it is in units of bytes.
An upcoming commit allows a BufferAccessStrategy of custom sizes, so it
seems relevant to improve this beforehand.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YefVbhg4rAxU2frYFdTap61UftH-kUNQZBvAs%2BYK81Zg%40mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, vacuum always makes use of a buffer access strategy 32
buffers in size. This means that running vacuums tend not to cause too
many shared buffers to become dirty, however, this can cause vacuums to
run much more slowly than they otherwise could as WAL flushes will occur
more frequently due to having to flush WAL out to the LSN of the dirty
page before that page can be written to disk.
When we are performing failsafe VACUUMs (as added in 1e55e7d17), we really
want to make the vacuum work go as quickly as possible, so here we disable
the buffer access strategy when entering failsafe mode while vacuuming a
relation.
Per idea and analyis from Andres Freund.
In passing, also include some changes I had intended for 32fbe0239.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb%40awork3.anarazel.de
VACUUM FULL and VACUUM ONLY_DATABASE_STATS will not use the vacuum
strategy ring created in vacuum(), so don't waste effort making it in
those cases.
There are other conceivable cases where the buffer strategy also won't be
used, but those are probably less common and not worth troubling over too
much. For example VACUUM (PROCESS_MAIN false, PROCESS_TOAST false).
There are other cases too, but many of these are only discovered once
inside vacuum_rel().
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_ZLRuzkM3zKogiZAz2hUony37yLY4aaLb8fPf8fgqs5Og@mail.gmail.com
Using global variables because we don't want to pass these values around
as parameters does not really seem like a great idea, so let's remove
these two global variables and adjust a few functions to accept these
values as parameters instead.
This is part of a wider patch which intends to allow the size of the
buffer access strategy that vacuum uses to be adjusted.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_b1q_07uquUtAvLqTM%3DW9nzee7QbtzHwA4XdUo7KX_Cnw%40mail.gmail.com
This commit only implements one prerequisite part for allowing logical
decoding. The commit message contains an explanation of the overall design,
which later commits will refer back to.
Overall design:
1. We want to enable logical decoding on standbys, but replay of WAL
from the primary might remove data that is needed by logical decoding,
causing error(s) on the standby. To prevent those errors, a new replication
conflict scenario needs to be addressed (as much as hot standby does).
2. Our chosen strategy for dealing with this type of replication slot
is to invalidate logical slots for which needed data has been removed.
3. To do this we need the latestRemovedXid for each change, just as we
do for physical replication conflicts, but we also need to know
whether any particular change was to data that logical replication
might access. That way, during WAL replay, we know when there is a risk of
conflict and, if so, if there is a conflict.
4. We can't rely on the standby's relcache entries for this purpose in
any way, because the startup process can't access catalog contents.
5. Therefore every WAL record that potentially removes data from the
index or heap must carry a flag indicating whether or not it is one
that might be accessed during logical decoding.
Why do we need this for logical decoding on standby?
First, let's forget about logical decoding on standby and recall that
on a primary database, any catalog rows that may be needed by a logical
decoding replication slot are not removed.
This is done thanks to the catalog_xmin associated with the logical
replication slot.
But, with logical decoding on standby, in the following cases:
- hot_standby_feedback is off
- hot_standby_feedback is on but there is no a physical slot between
the primary and the standby. Then, hot_standby_feedback will work,
but only while the connection is alive (for example a node restart
would break it)
Then, the primary may delete system catalog rows that could be needed
by the logical decoding on the standby (as it does not know about the
catalog_xmin on the standby).
So, it’s mandatory to identify those rows and invalidate the slots
that may need them if any. Identifying those rows is the purpose of
this commit.
Implementation:
When a WAL replay on standby indicates that a catalog table tuple is
to be deleted by an xid that is greater than a logical slot's
catalog_xmin, then that means the slot's catalog_xmin conflicts with
the xid, and we need to handle the conflict. While subsequent commits
will do the actual conflict handling, this commit adds a new field
isCatalogRel in such WAL records (and a new bit set in the
xl_heap_visible flags field), that is true for catalog tables, so as to
arrange for conflict handling.
The affected WAL records are the ones that already contain the
snapshotConflictHorizon field, namely:
- gistxlogDelete
- gistxlogPageReuse
- xl_hash_vacuum_one_page
- xl_heap_prune
- xl_heap_freeze_page
- xl_heap_visible
- xl_btree_reuse_page
- xl_btree_delete
- spgxlogVacuumRedirect
Due to this new field being added, xl_hash_vacuum_one_page and
gistxlogDelete do now contain the offsets to be deleted as a
FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER. This is needed to ensure correct alignment.
It's not needed on the others struct where isCatalogRel has
been added.
This commit just introduces the WAL format changes mentioned above. Handling
the actual conflicts will follow in future commits.
Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC as the several WAL records are changed.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
This is done in preparation for logical decoding on standby, which needs to
include whether visibility affecting WAL records are about a (user) catalog
table. Which is only known for the table, not the indexes.
It's also nice to be able to pass the heap relation to GlobalVisTestFor() in
vacuumRedirectAndPlaceholder().
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21b700c3-eecf-2e05-a699-f8c78dd31ec7@gmail.com
If visibilitymap_set() is called with flags containing a higher bit than
VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN, the state of neighboring pages is affected. While
there was an assertion that *some* valid bits were set, it did not check
that *only* valid bits were. Change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230331043300.gux3s5wzrapqi4oe@awork3.anarazel.de
PageInit() while holding the extension lock is unnecessary after 0d1fe9f74e
started to use RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK - nobody can look at the new page before we
release the page lock. PageInit() zeroes the page, which isn't that cheap, so
deferring it until after the extension lock is released seems like a good idea.
Doing visibilitymap_pin() while holding the extension lock, introduced in
7db0cd2145, looks like an accident. Due to the restrictions on
HEAP_INSERT_FROZEN it's unlikely to be a performance issue, but it still seems
better to move it out. We also are doing the visibilitymap_pin() while
holding the buffer lock, which will be fixed in a separate commit.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/419312fd-9255-078c-c3e3-f0525f911d7f@iki.fi
